- Timestamp:
- 2021-05-05T13:18:04+02:00 (3 years ago)
- Location:
- NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU
- Files:
-
- 23 deleted
- 77 edited
- 22 copied
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU
- Property svn:externals
-
old new 3 3 ^/utils/build/mk@HEAD mk 4 4 ^/utils/tools@HEAD tools 5 ^/vendors/AGRIF/dev _r12970_AGRIF_CMEMSext/AGRIF5 ^/vendors/AGRIF/dev@HEAD ext/AGRIF 6 6 ^/vendors/FCM@HEAD ext/FCM 7 7 ^/vendors/IOIPSL@HEAD ext/IOIPSL 8 ^/vendors/PPR@HEAD ext/PPR 8 9 9 10 # SETTE 10 ^/utils/CI/sette@1 3559sette11 ^/utils/CI/sette@14244 sette
-
- Property svn:externals
-
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/NEMO_manual_state.txt
r13461 r14789 15 15 chap_misc.tex: key{mpp\_mpi} key{nosignedzero} key{vectopt\_loop} np{iom\_get} np{jpjdta} np{jpjglo} np{nn\_bench} np{nn\_bit\_cmp} np{open\_ocean\_jstart} 16 16 chap_LDF.tex: hf{dynldf\_cNd} hf{ldfdyn\_substitute} hf{ldftra\_substitute} hf{traldf\_c1d} hf{traldf\_cNd} key{dynldf\_c1d} key{dynldf\_c2d} key{dynldf\_c3d} key{traldf\_c1d} key{traldf\_c2d} key{traldf\_c3d} key{traldf\_cNd} key{traldf\_eiv} mdl{ldfdyn\_c2d} mdl{ldfeiv} mdl{traadv\_eiv} np{ln\_dynldf\_bilap} np{ln\_sco} np{nn\_eos} np{rn\_aeih\_0} np{rn\_aeiv} np{rn\_aeiv\_0} np{rn\_ahm0} np{rn\_ahmb0} np{rn\_aht0} np{rn\_ahtb0} np{traldf\_grif} np{traldf\_grif\_iso} rou{ldf\_dyn\_c2d\_orca} rou{ldfslp\_init} 17 chap_LBC.tex: jp{jpreci} key{mpp\_mpi} np{jp erio} np{jpiglo} np{jpindt} np{jpinft} np{jpjglo} np{jpjnob} np{nbdysegn} np{nn\_bdy\_jpk} np{nn\_msh} np{nn\_tra} rou{inimpp2}18 chap_DOM.tex: key{mpp\_mpi} ngn{namzgr} ngn{namzgr\_sco} nlst{namzgr} nlst{namzgr_sco} np{jp erio} np{jpiglo} np{jpjglo} np{jpkglo} np{ln\_sco} np{ln\_sigcrit} np{ln\_s\_SF12} np{ln\_s\_SH94} np{ln\_tsd\_ini} np{ln\_zco} np{ln\_zps} np{nn\_bathy} np{nn\_msh} np{ppa0} np{ppa1} np{ppacr} np{ppdzmin} np{pphmax} np{ppkth} np{ppsur} np{rn\_alpha} np{rn\_bb} np{rn\_e3zps\_min} np{rn\_e3zps\_rat} np{rn\_hc} np{rn\_rmax} np{rn\_sbot\_max} np{rn\_sbot\_min} np{rn\_theta} np{rn\_zb\_a} np{rn\_zb\_b} np{rn\_zs} rou{istate\_t\_s}17 chap_LBC.tex: jp{jpreci} key{mpp\_mpi} np{jpiglo} np{jpindt} np{jpinft} np{jpjglo} np{jpjnob} np{nbdysegn} np{nn\_bdy\_jpk} np{nn\_msh} np{nn\_tra} rou{inimpp2} 18 chap_DOM.tex: key{mpp\_mpi} ngn{namzgr} ngn{namzgr\_sco} nlst{namzgr} nlst{namzgr_sco} np{jpiglo} np{jpjglo} np{jpkglo} np{ln\_sco} np{ln\_sigcrit} np{ln\_s\_SF12} np{ln\_s\_SH94} np{ln\_tsd\_ini} np{ln\_zco} np{ln\_zps} np{nn\_bathy} np{nn\_msh} np{ppa0} np{ppa1} np{ppacr} np{ppdzmin} np{pphmax} np{ppkth} np{ppsur} np{rn\_alpha} np{rn\_bb} np{rn\_e3zps\_min} np{rn\_e3zps\_rat} np{rn\_hc} np{rn\_rmax} np{rn\_sbot\_max} np{rn\_sbot\_min} np{rn\_theta} np{rn\_zb\_a} np{rn\_zb\_b} np{rn\_zs} rou{istate\_t\_s} 19 19 chap_conservation.tex: key{\_} 20 20 annex_iso.tex: key{trabbl} key{traldf\_eiv} np{ln\_traldf\_eiv} np{ln\_traldf\_gdia} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/README.rst
r12377 r14789 1 ************************** 2 Building the documentation 3 ************************** 1 4 5 .. todo:: 6 7 8 9 :file:`latex` : LaTeX sources and Latexmk configuration to build reference manuals with :file:`manual_build.sh` 10 11 :file:`namelists`: Namelist blocks included in the documentation 12 13 :file:`rst` : |RST man|_ sources and Sphinx configuration to build this guide hereby with :file:`guide_build.sh` 14 15 .. |RST man| replace:: reStructuredText (rst) 2 16 3 17 .. warning:: -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/.svnignore
r12377 r14789 2 2 *.bbl 3 3 *.blg 4 *.dvi5 4 *.fdb* 6 5 *.fls … … 8 7 *.ilg 9 8 *.ind 10 *.lof 11 *.log 12 *.lot 13 *.maf 14 *.mtc* 9 *.lo* 15 10 *.out 16 11 *.pdf 12 *.pyg 13 *.tdo 17 14 *.toc 18 _minted-* 15 *.xdv 16 cache* -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/build
- Property svn:ignore
-
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/main/abstract.tex
r11591 r14789 1 %% ================================================================ 2 %% Abstract3 %% ================================================================ 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Specific abstract 3 %% ================================================================================================= 4 4 5 %% Common part between NEMO-SI3-TOP 6 \NEMO\ (``Nucleus for European Modelling of the Ocean'') is a framework of ocean-related engines. 7 It is intended to be a flexible tool for studying the ocean dynamics and thermodynamics (``blue ocean''), 8 as well as its interactions with the components of the Earth climate system over 9 a wide range of space and time scales. 10 Within \NEMO, the ocean engine is interfaced with a sea-ice model (\SIcube\ or 11 \href{http://github.com/CICE-Consortium/CICE}{CICE}), 12 passive tracers and biogeochemical models (\TOP) and, 13 via the \href{http://portal.enes.org/oasis}{OASIS} coupler, 14 with several atmospheric general circulation models. 15 It also supports two-way grid embedding by means of the \href{http://agrif.imag.fr}{AGRIF} software. 5 %% Common part 6 \input{../../global/nemo} 16 7 17 8 %% Specific part -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/main/appendices.tex
r12377 r14789 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Appendices 3 %% ================================================================================================= 1 4 2 \subfile{../subfiles/a nnex_A} %%Generalised vertical coordinate3 \subfile{../subfiles/a nnex_B} %% Diffusive operator4 \subfile{../subfiles/a nnex_C} %%Discrete invariants of the eqs.5 \subfile{../subfiles/a nnex_iso} %%Isoneutral diffusion using triads6 \subfile{../subfiles/a nnex_D} %% Coding rules5 \subfile{../subfiles/apdx_s_coord} %% A. Generalised vertical coordinate 6 \subfile{../subfiles/apdx_diff_opers} %% B. Diffusive operators 7 \subfile{../subfiles/apdx_invariants} %% C. Discrete invariants of the eqs. 8 \subfile{../subfiles/apdx_triads} %% D. Isoneutral diffusion using triads 9 \subfile{../subfiles/apdx_DOMAINcfg} %% E. Brief notes on DOMAINcfg 7 10 8 11 %% Not included … … 10 13 %\subfile{../subfiles/chap_DIU} 11 14 %\subfile{../subfiles/chap_conservation} 12 %\subfile{../subfiles/annex_E} %% Notes on some on going staff 13 15 %\subfile{../subfiles/apdx_algos} %% Notes on some on going staff -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/main/authors.tex
r11591 r14789 1 %Romain Bourdall\'{e}-Badie 2 %\orcid{0000-0002-8742-3289} \\ 3 %Mike Bell \\ 4 %J\'{e}r\^{o}me Chanut \\ 5 %Emanuela Clementi 6 %\orcid{0000-0002-5752-1849} \\ 7 %Andrew Coward 8 %\orcid{0000-0002-0456-129X} \\ 9 %Massimiliano Drudi 10 %\orcid{0000-0002-9951-740X} \\ 11 %Christian \'{E}th\'{e} \\ 12 %Doroteaciro Iovino 13 %\orcid{0000-0001-5132-7255} \\ 14 %Dan Lea \\ 15 %Claire L\'{e}vy 16 %\orcid{0000-0003-2518-6692} \\ 17 %Gurvan Madec 18 %\orcid{0000-0002-6447-4198} \\ 19 %Nicolas Martin \\ 20 %S\'{e}bastien Masson 21 %\orcid{0000-0002-1694-8117} \\ 22 %Pierre Mathiot \\ 23 %Silvia Mocavero 24 %\orcid{0000-0002-6309-8282} \\ 25 %Simon M\"{u}ller \\ 26 %George Nurser \\ 27 %Guillaume Samson 28 %\orcid{0000-0001-7481-6369} \\ 29 %Dave Storkey 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Authors 3 %% ================================================================================================= 30 4 5 \orcid{0000-0002-6447-4198} Gurvan Madec \\ 6 Mike Bell \\ 31 7 \orcid{0000-0002-8742-3289} Romain Bourdall\'{e}-Badie \\ 32 Mike Bell \\33 8 J\'{e}r\^{o}me Chanut \\ 34 9 \orcid{0000-0002-5752-1849} Emanuela Clementi \\ … … 39 14 Dan Lea \\ 40 15 \orcid{0000-0003-2518-6692} Claire L\'{e}vy \\ 41 \orcid{0000-0002-6447-4198} Gurvan Madec \\42 16 Nicolas Martin \\ 43 17 \orcid{0000-0002-1694-8117} S\'{e}bastien Masson \\ -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/main/bibliography.bib
- Property svn:eol-style set to native
r12377 r14789 119 119 issn = "0148-0227", 120 120 doi = "10.1029/2001jc000922" 121 } 122 123 @Article{ Asaydavis2016, 124 author = {Asay-Davis, X. S. and Cornford, S. L. and Durand, G. and Galton-Fenzi, B. K. and Gladstone, R. M. and Gudmundsson, G. H. and Hattermann, T. and Holland, D. M. and Holland, D. and Holland, P. R. and Martin, D. F. and Mathiot, P. and Pattyn, F. and Seroussi, H.}, 125 title = {Experimental design for three interrelated marine ice sheet and ocean model intercomparison projects: MISMIP v. 3 (MISMIP$+$), ISOMIP v. 2 (ISOMIP$+$) and MISOMIP v. 1 (MISOMIP1)}, 126 journal = {Geoscientific Model Development}, 127 volume = {9}, 128 year = {2016}, 129 number = {7}, 130 pages = {2471--2497}, 131 url = {https://www.geosci-model-dev.net/9/2471/2016/}, 132 doi = {10.5194/gmd-9-2471-2016} 121 133 } 122 134 … … 188 200 } 189 201 190 @article{ beljaars_QJRMS95, 191 title = "The parametrization of surface fluxes in large-scale models under free convection", 192 pages = "255--270", 193 journal = "Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society", 194 volume = "121", 195 number = "522", 196 author = "Beljaars, Anton C. M.", 197 year = "1995", 198 month = "jan", 199 publisher = "Wiley", 200 issn = "00359009", 201 doi = "10.1002/qj.49712152203" 202 @article{ beljaars_QJRMS95, 203 title = "The parametrization of surface fluxes in large-scale 204 models under free convection", 205 pages = "255--270", 206 journal = "Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society", 207 volume = "121", 208 number = "522", 209 author = "Beljaars, Anton C. M.", 210 year = "1995", 211 month = "jan", 212 publisher = "Wiley", 213 issn = "00359009", 214 doi = "10.1002/qj.49712152203" 202 215 } 203 216 … … 384 397 } 385 398 399 @article{ brodeau.barnier.ea_JPO16, 400 title = "Climatologically Significant Effects of Some 401 Approximations in the Bulk Parameterizations of Turbulent 402 Air–Sea Fluxes", 403 pages = "5--28", 404 journal = "Journal of Physical Oceanography", 405 volume = "47", 406 number = "1", 407 author = "Brodeau, Laurent and Barnier, Bernard and Gulev, Sergey K. 408 and Woods, Cian", 409 year = "2016", 410 month = "jan", 411 publisher = "American Meteorological Society", 412 issn = "0022-3670", 413 doi = "10.1175/jpo-d-16-0169.1" 414 } 415 386 416 @article{ brodeau.barnier.ea_OM10, 387 417 title = "An {ERA40}-based atmospheric forcing for global ocean … … 398 428 issn = "1463-5003", 399 429 doi = "10.1016/j.ocemod.2009.10.005" 400 }401 402 @article{ brodeau.barnier.ea_JPO17,403 title = "Climatologically Significant Effects of Some Approximations in the Bulk Parameterizations of Turbulent Air{\textendash}Sea Fluxes",404 pages = "5--28",405 journal = "Journal of Physical Oceanography",406 volume = "47",407 number = "1",408 author = "Brodeau, Laurent and Barnier, Bernard and Gulev, Sergey K. and Woods, Cian",409 year = "2017",410 month = "jan",411 publisher = "American Meteorological Society",412 issn = "0022-3670",413 doi = "10.1175/jpo-d-16-0169.1",414 430 } 415 431 … … 519 535 } 520 536 521 @article{ carrere.lyard_GRL03, 522 title = "Modeling the barotropic response of the global ocean to 523 atmospheric wind and pressure forcing - comparisons with 524 observations", 525 journal = "Geophysical Research Letters", 526 volume = "30", 527 number = "6", 528 author = "L. Carr\`{e}re and F. Lyard", 529 year = "2003", 530 month = "mar", 531 publisher = "American Geophysical Union (AGU)", 532 issn = "0094-8276", 533 doi = "10.1029/2002gl016473" 534 } 535 536 @techreport{ chanut_rpt05, 537 @techreport{ chanut_trpt05, 537 538 title = "Nesting code for {NEMO}", 538 539 pages = "25", … … 773 774 } 774 775 775 @article{ edson.jampana.ea_JPO13, 776 title = "On the Exchange of Momentum over the Open Ocean", 777 pages = "1589--1610", 778 journal = "Journal of Physical Oceanography", 779 volume = "43", 780 number = "8", 781 author = "Edson, James B. and Jampana, Venkata and Weller, Robert A. and Bigorre, Sebastien P. and Plueddemann, Albert J. and Fairall, Christopher W. and Miller, Scott D. and Mahrt, Larry and Vickers, Dean and Hersbach, Hans", 782 year = "2013", 783 month = "aug", 784 publisher = "American Meteorological Society", 785 issn = "0022-3670", 786 doi = "10.1175/JPO-D-12-0173.1" 787 } 788 789 @article{ egbert.ray_JGR01, 790 title = "Estimates of {M2} tidal energy dissipation from 791 {TOPEX}/Poseidon altimeter data", 792 pages = "22475--22502", 793 journal = "Journal of Geophysical Research", 794 volume = "106", 795 number = "C10", 796 author = "G. D. Egbert and R. D. Ray", 797 year = "2001", 798 month = "oct", 799 publisher = "American Geophysical Union (AGU)", 800 issn = "0148-0227", 801 doi = "10.1029/2000jc000699" 802 } 803 804 @article{ egbert.ray_N00, 805 title = "Significant dissipation of tidal energy in the deep ocean 806 inferred from satellite altimeter data", 807 pages = "775--778", 808 journal = "Nature", 809 volume = "405", 810 number = "6788", 811 author = "G. D. Egbert and R. D. Ray", 812 year = "2000", 813 month = "jun", 814 publisher = "Springer Nature", 815 issn = "1476-4687", 816 doi = "10.1038/35015531" 776 @article{ edson.jampana.ea_JPO13, 777 title = "On the Exchange of Momentum over the Open Ocean", 778 pages = "1589--1610", 779 journal = "Journal of Physical Oceanography", 780 volume = "43", 781 number = "8", 782 author = "Edson, James B. and Jampana, Venkata and Weller, Robert A. 783 and Bigorre, Sebastien P. and Plueddemann, Albert J. and 784 Fairall, Christopher W. and Miller, Scott D. and Mahrt, 785 Larry and Vickers, Dean and Hersbach, Hans", 786 year = "2013", 787 month = "aug", 788 publisher = "American Meteorological Society", 789 issn = "0022-3670", 790 doi = "10.1175/JPO-D-12-0173.1" 817 791 } 818 792 … … 861 835 } 862 836 863 @article{ fairall.bradley.ea_JC03, 864 title = "Bulk parameterization of air-sea fluxes: Updates and verification for the COARE algorithm", 865 pages = "571--591", 866 journal = "Journal of Climate", 867 volume = "16", 868 number = "4", 869 author = "Fairall, C. W. and Bradley, E. F. and Hare, J. E. and Grachev, A. A. and Edson, J. B.", 870 year = "2003", 871 publisher = "American Meteorological Society", 872 issn = "08948755", 873 doi = "10.1175/1520-0442(2003)016<0571:BPOASF>2.0.CO;2" 837 @article{ fairall.bradley.ea_JC03, 838 title = "Bulk parameterization of air-sea fluxes: Updates and 839 verification for the COARE algorithm", 840 pages = "571--591", 841 journal = "Journal of Climate", 842 volume = "16", 843 number = "4", 844 author = "Fairall, C. W. and Bradley, E. F. and Hare, J. E. and 845 Grachev, A. A. and Edson, J. B.", 846 year = "2003", 847 publisher = "American Meteorological Society", 848 issn = "08948755", 849 doi = "10.1175/1520-0442(2003)016<0571:BPOASF>2.0.CO;2" 850 } 851 852 @article{ fairall.bradley.ea_JGRO96, 853 title = "Cool-skin and warm-layer effects on sea surface 854 temperature", 855 pages = "1295--1308", 856 journal = "Journal of Geophysical Research: Oceans", 857 volume = "101", 858 number = "C1", 859 author = "C. W. Fairall and E. F. Bradley and J. S. Godfrey and G. 860 A. Wick and J. B. Edson and G. S. Young", 861 year = "1996", 862 month = "jan", 863 publisher = "American Geophysical Union", 864 doi = "10.1029/95jc03190" 874 865 } 875 866 … … 897 888 issn = "1520-0485", 898 889 doi = "10.1175/1520-0485(1995)025<1731:antasf>2.0.co;2" 890 } 891 892 @Article{ favier2019, 893 author = {Favier, L. and Jourdain, N. C. and Jenkins, A. and Merino, N. and Durand, G. and Gagliardini, O. and Gillet-Chaulet, F. and Mathiot, P.}, 894 title = {Assessment of sub-shelf melting parameterisations using the ocean--ice-sheet coupled model NEMO(v3.6)--Elmer/Ice(v8.3)}, 895 journal = {Geoscientific Model Development}, 896 volume = {12}, 897 year = {2019}, 898 number = {6}, 899 pages = {2255--2283}, 900 url = {https://www.geosci-model-dev.net/12/2255/2019/}, 901 doi = {10.5194/gmd-12-2255-2019} 899 902 } 900 903 … … 928 931 } 929 932 930 @article{ foxkemper.ferrari_JPO08, 931 title = "Parameterization of Mixed Layer Eddies. Part I: Theory and Diagnosis", 933 @article{ fox-kemper.ferrari.ea_JPO08, 934 title = "Parameterization of Mixed Layer Eddies. Part I: Theory and 935 Diagnosis", 932 936 pages = "1145--1165", 933 937 journal = "Journal of Physical Oceanography", … … 1030 1034 } 1031 1035 1032 @article{ gerdes_JGR93 *a,1036 @article{ gerdes_JGR93, 1033 1037 title = "A primitive equation ocean circulation model using a 1034 1038 general vertical coordinate transformation: 1. Description … … 1045 1049 } 1046 1050 1047 @article{ gerdes_JGR93* b,1051 @article{ gerdes_JGR93*a, 1048 1052 title = "A primitive equation ocean circulation model using a 1049 1053 general vertical coordinate transformation: 2. Application … … 1060 1064 } 1061 1065 1062 @techreport{ gibson_ rpt86,1066 @techreport{ gibson_trpt86, 1063 1067 title = "Standards for software development and maintenance", 1064 1068 pages = "21", … … 1099 1103 issn = "0148-0227", 1100 1104 doi = "10.1029/2010jb007867" 1101 }1102 1103 @article{ goosse.deleersnijder.ea_JGR99,1104 title = "Sensitivity of a global coupled ocean-sea ice model to the1105 parameterization of vertical mixing",1106 pages = "13681--13695",1107 journal = "Journal of Geophysical Research",1108 volume = "104",1109 number = "C6",1110 author = "H. Goosse and E. Deleersnijder and T. Fichefet and M. H.1111 England",1112 year = "1999",1113 month = "jun",1114 publisher = "American Geophysical Union (AGU)",1115 issn = "0148-0227",1116 doi = "10.1029/1999jc900099"1117 1105 } 1118 1106 … … 1222 1210 } 1223 1211 1212 @article{ grosfeld1997, 1213 author = {Grosfeld, K. and Gerdes, R. and Determann, J.}, 1214 title = {Thermohaline circulation and interaction between ice shelf cavities and the adjacent open ocean}, 1215 journal = {Journal of Geophysical Research: Oceans}, 1216 1217 volume = {102}, 1218 number = {C7}, 1219 pages = {15595-15610}, 1220 doi = {10.1029/97JC00891}, 1221 url = {https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1029/97JC00891}, 1222 year = {1997} 1223 } 1224 1224 1225 @article{ guilyardi.madec.ea_CD01, 1225 1226 title = "The role of lateral ocean physics in the upper ocean … … 1369 1370 } 1370 1371 1371 @techreport{ hunter_ rpt06,1372 @techreport{ hunter_trpt06, 1372 1373 title = "Specification for Test Models of Ice Shelf Cavities", 1373 1374 pages = "17", … … 1410 1411 } 1411 1412 1412 @techreport{ janssen.breivik.ea_ rpt13,1413 @techreport{ janssen.breivik.ea_trpt13, 1413 1414 title = "Air-sea interaction and surface waves", 1414 1415 pages = "36", … … 1450 1451 issn = "0148-0227", 1451 1452 doi = "10.1029/91jc01842" 1453 } 1454 1455 @article{ jenkins2001, 1456 author = {Jenkins, Adrian and Hellmer, Hartmut H. and Holland, David M.}, 1457 title = {The Role of Meltwater Advection in the Formulation of Conservative Boundary Conditions at an Ice–Ocean Interface}, 1458 journal = {Journal of Physical Oceanography}, 1459 volume = {31}, 1460 number = {1}, 1461 pages = {285-296}, 1462 year = {2001}, 1463 doi = {10.1175/1520-0485(2001)031<0285:TROMAI>2.0.CO;2}, 1464 url = {https://doi.org/10.1175/1520-0485(2001)031<0285:TROMAI>2.0.CO;2} 1465 } 1466 1467 @article{ jourdain2017, 1468 author = {Jourdain, Nicolas C. and Mathiot, Pierre and Merino, Nacho and Durand, Gaël and Le Sommer, Julien and Spence, Paul and Dutrieux, Pierre and Madec, Gurvan}, 1469 title = {Ocean circulation and sea-ice thinning induced by melting ice shelves in the Amundsen Sea}, 1470 journal = {Journal of Geophysical Research: Oceans}, 1471 volume = {122}, 1472 number = {3}, 1473 pages = {2550-2573}, 1474 keywords = {Amundsen Sea, ice shelf, efficiency, circumpolar deep water, ocean circulation, sea ice}, 1475 doi = {10.1002/2016JC012509}, 1476 url = {https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/2016JC012509}, 1477 year = {2017} 1478 } 1479 1480 @article{ josey.gulev.ea_OCC13, 1481 title = "Exchanges Through the Ocean Surface", 1482 pages = "115--140", 1483 journal = "Ocean Circulation and Climate", 1484 author = "Josey, Simon A. and Gulev, Serge and Yu, Lisan", 1485 year = "2013", 1486 publisher = "Elsevier", 1487 issn = "0074-6142", 1488 isbn = "9780123918512", 1489 doi = "10.1016/b978-0-12-391851-2.00005-2" 1452 1490 } 1453 1491 … … 1541 1579 } 1542 1580 1543 @article{ koch-larrouy.lengaigne.ea_CD10,1544 title = "Tidal mixing in the Indonesian Seas and its effect on the1545 tropical climate system",1546 pages = "891--904",1547 journal = "Climate Dynamics",1548 volume = "34",1549 number = "6",1550 author = "A. Koch-Larrouy and M. Lengaigne and P. Terray and G.1551 Madec and S. Masson",1552 year = "2010",1553 month = "aug",1554 publisher = "Springer Nature",1555 issn = "1432-0894",1556 doi = "10.1007/s00382-009-0642-4"1557 }1558 1559 1581 @article{ koch-larrouy.madec.ea_GRL07, 1560 1582 title = "On the transformation of Pacific water into Indonesian … … 1573 1595 } 1574 1596 1575 @article{ koch-larrouy.madec.ea_OD08*a,1576 title = "Water mass transformation along the Indonesian ThroughFlow1577 in an {OGCM}",1578 pages = "289--309",1579 journal = "Ocean Dynamics",1580 volume = "58",1581 number = "3-4",1582 author = "A. Koch-Larrouy and G. Madec and B. Blanke and R. Molcard",1583 year = "2008",1584 month = "oct",1585 publisher = "Springer Nature",1586 issn = "1616-7228",1587 doi = "10.1007/s10236-008-0155-4"1588 }1589 1590 @article{ koch-larrouy.madec.ea_OD08*b,1591 title = "Physical processes contributing to the water mass1592 transformation of the Indonesian ThroughFlow",1593 pages = "275--288",1594 journal = "Ocean Dynamics",1595 volume = "58",1596 number = "3-4",1597 author = "A. Koch-Larrouy and G. Madec and D. Iudicone and A.1598 Atmadipoera and R. Molcard",1599 year = "2008",1600 month = "oct",1601 publisher = "Springer Nature",1602 issn = "1616-7228",1603 doi = "10.1007/s10236-008-0154-5"1604 }1605 1606 1597 @article{ kolmogorov_IANS42, 1607 1598 title = "Equations of turbulent motion in an incompressible fluid", … … 1614 1605 } 1615 1606 1616 @article{ kraus.turner_tellus67, 1617 author = {Kraus, E.B. and Turner, J.}, 1618 journal = {Tellus}, 1619 pages = {98--106}, 1620 title = {A one dimensional model of the seasonal thermocline {II}. {T}he general theory and its consequences}, 1621 volume = {19}, 1622 year = {1967} 1623 } 1624 1625 @article{ large.ea_RG97, 1607 @article{ kraus.businger_QJRMS96, 1608 title = "Atmosphere-ocean interaction.", 1609 pages = "324--325", 1610 journal = "Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society", 1611 volume = "122", 1612 number = "529", 1613 author = "E. B. Kraus and J. A. Businger", 1614 year = "1996", 1615 publisher = "John Wiley & Sons, Ltd", 1616 issn = "1477-870X", 1617 doi = "10.1002/qj.49712252914" 1618 } 1619 1620 @article{ kraus.turner_T67, 1621 title = "A one-dimensional model of the seasonal thermocline II. 1622 The general theory and its consequences", 1623 pages = "98--106", 1624 journal = "Tellus", 1625 volume = "19", 1626 number = "1", 1627 author = "Kraus, E. B. and Turner, J. S.", 1628 year = "1967", 1629 month = "Jan", 1630 publisher = "Informa UK Limited", 1631 issn = "2153-3490", 1632 doi = "10.3402/tellusa.v19i1.9753" 1633 } 1634 1635 @article{ large.mcwilliams.ea_RG94, 1636 title = "Oceanic vertical mixing: {A} review and a model with a 1637 nonlocal boundary layer parameterization", 1638 pages = "363--403", 1639 journal = "Reviews of Geophysics", 1640 number = "4", 1626 1641 author = "Large, W. G. and McWilliams, J. C. and Doney, S. C.", 1627 doi = "10.1029/94RG01872", 1628 journal = "Reviews of Geophysics", 1629 number = {4}, 1630 pages = {363--403}, 1631 publisher = {AGU}, 1632 title = "Oceanic vertical mixing: {A} review and a model with a nonlocal boundary layer parameterization", 1633 year = "1994" 1634 } 1635 1636 @techreport{ large.yeager_rpt04, 1642 year = "1994", 1643 publisher = "AGU", 1644 doi = "10.1029/94RG01872" 1645 } 1646 1647 @article{ large.yeager_CD09, 1648 title = "The Global Climatology of an Interannually Varying Air-Sea 1649 Flux Data Set", 1650 pages = "341--364", 1651 journal = "Climate Dynamics", 1652 volume = "33", 1653 number = "2-3", 1654 author = "Large, W. G. and Yeager, S. G.", 1655 year = "2009", 1656 month = "aug", 1657 publisher = "Springer Science and Business Media LLC", 1658 doi = "10.1007/s00382-008-0441-3" 1659 } 1660 1661 @techreport{ large.yeager_trpt04, 1637 1662 title = "Diurnal to decadal global forcing for ocean and sea-ice 1638 1663 models: the data sets and flux climatologies", … … 1849 1874 } 1850 1875 1851 @techreport{ levier.treguier.ea_ rpt07,1876 @techreport{ levier.treguier.ea_trpt07, 1852 1877 title = "Free surface and variable volume in the {NEMO} code", 1853 1878 pages = "47", … … 1930 1955 } 1931 1956 1932 @article{ lupkes.gryanik.ea_JGR12, 1933 author = "L{\"{u}}pkes, Christof and Gryanik, Vladimir M. and Hartmann, J{\"{o}}rg and Andreas, Edgar L.", 1934 doi = "10.1029/2012JD017630", 1935 issn = "01480227", 1936 journal = "Journal of Geophysical Research Atmospheres", 1937 number = "13", 1938 pages = "1--18", 1939 title = "A parametrization, based on sea ice morphology, of the neutral atmospheric drag coefficients for weather prediction and climate models", 1940 volume = "117", 1941 year = "2012" 1942 } 1943 1944 @article{ lupkes.gryanik_JGR15, 1945 author = "L{\"{u}}pkes, Christof and Gryanik, Vladimir M.", 1946 doi = "10.1002/2014JD022418", 1947 issn = "21562202", 1948 journal = "Journal of Geophysical Research", 1949 number = "2", 1950 pages = "552--581", 1951 title = "A stability-dependent parametrization of transfer coefficients formomentum and heat over polar sea ice to be used in climate models", 1952 volume = "120", 1953 year = "2015" 1957 @article{ love_PRSL09, 1958 title = "The yielding of the earth to disturbing forces", 1959 pages = "73--88", 1960 journal = "Proceedings of the Royal Society of London", 1961 series = "Series A", 1962 volume = "82", 1963 number = "551", 1964 author = "Love, Augustus Edward Hough ", 1965 year = "1909", 1966 month = "Feb", 1967 publisher = "The Royal Society", 1968 issn = "2053-9150", 1969 doi = "10.1098/rspa.1909.0008" 1970 } 1971 1972 @article{ lupkes.gryanik.ea_JGRA12, 1973 title = "A parametrization, based on sea ice morphology, of the 1974 neutral atmospheric drag coefficients for weather 1975 prediction and climate models", 1976 pages = "1--18", 1977 journal = "Journal of Geophysical Research Atmospheres", 1978 volume = "117", 1979 number = "13", 1980 author = "L{\"{u}}pkes, Christof and Gryanik, Vladimir M. and 1981 Hartmann, J{\"{o}}rg and Andreas, Edgar L.", 1982 year = "2012", 1983 issn = "01480227", 1984 doi = "10.1029/2012JD017630" 1985 } 1986 1987 @article{ lupkes.gryanik_JGR15, 1988 title = "A stability-dependent parametrization of transfer 1989 coefficients formomentum and heat over polar sea ice to be 1990 used in climate models", 1991 pages = "552--581", 1992 journal = "Journal of Geophysical Research", 1993 volume = "120", 1994 number = "2", 1995 author = "L{\"{u}}pkes, Christof and Gryanik, Vladimir M.", 1996 year = "2015", 1997 issn = "21562202", 1998 doi = "10.1002/2014JD022418" 1954 1999 } 1955 2000 … … 2204 2249 } 2205 2250 2206 @article{mcwilliams.ea_JFM97, 2207 author = {McWilliams, James C. and Sullivan, Peter P. and Moeng, Chin-Hoh}, 2208 doi = {10.1017/S0022112096004375}, 2209 journal = {Journal of Fluid Mechanics}, 2210 pages = {1--30}, 2211 title = {Langmuir turbulence in the ocean}, 2212 volume = {334}, 2213 year = {1997}, 2214 } 2251 @article{ mcwilliams.sullivan.ea_JFM97, 2252 title = "Langmuir turbulence in the ocean", 2253 pages = "1--30", 2254 journal = "Journal of Fluid Mechanics", 2255 volume = "334", 2256 author = "McWilliams, James C. and Sullivan, Peter P. and Moeng, 2257 Chin-Hoh", 2258 year = "1997", 2259 doi = "10.1017/S0022112096004375" 2260 } 2261 2215 2262 @article{ mellor.blumberg_JPO04, 2216 2263 title = "Wave Breaking and Ocean Surface Layer Thermal Response", … … 2239 2286 issn = "8755-1209", 2240 2287 doi = "10.1029/rg020i004p00851" 2288 } 2289 2290 @article{Merino_OM2016, 2291 title = "Antarctic icebergs melt over the Southern Ocean: Climatology and impact on sea ice", 2292 journal = "Ocean Modelling", 2293 volume = "104", 2294 pages = "99 - 110", 2295 year = "2016", 2296 issn = "1463-5003", 2297 doi = "https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocemod.2016.05.001", 2298 url = "http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1463500316300300", 2299 author = "Nacho Merino and Julien {Le Sommer} and Gael Durand and Nicolas C. Jourdain and Gurvan Madec and Pierre Mathiot and Jean Tournadre", 2300 keywords = "Icebergs, Southern Ocean, Sea ice, Freshwater fluxes", 2301 abstract = "Recent increase in Antarctic freshwater release to the Southern Ocean is suggested to contribute to change in water masses and sea ice. However, climate models differ in their representation of the freshwater sources. Recent improvements in altimetry-based detection of small icebergs and in estimates of the mass loss of Antarctica may help better constrain the values of Antarctic freshwater releases. We propose a model-based seasonal climatology of iceberg melt over the Southern Ocean using state-of-the-art observed glaciological estimates of the Antarctic mass loss. An improved version of a Lagrangian iceberg model is coupled with a global, eddy-permitting ocean/sea ice model and compared to small icebergs observations. Iceberg melt increases sea ice cover, about 10% in annual mean sea ice volume, and decreases sea surface temperature over most of the Southern Ocean, but with distinctive regional patterns. Our results underline the importance of improving the representation of Antarctic freshwater sources. This can be achieved by forcing ocean/sea ice models with a climatological iceberg fresh-water flux." 2241 2302 } 2242 2303 … … 2429 2490 2430 2491 @article{ qiao.yuan.ea_OD10, 2431 title = "A three-dimensional surface wave–ocean circulation coupled2432 model and its initial testing",2492 title = "A three-dimensional surface wave–ocean circulation 2493 coupled model and its initial testing", 2433 2494 pages = "1339--1335", 2434 2495 journal = "Ocean Dynamics", 2435 2496 volume = "60", 2436 2497 number = "5", 2437 author = "F. Qiao and Y. Yuan and T. Ezer and C. Xia and 2438 Y. Yang andX. Lu and Z. Song ",2498 author = "F. Qiao and Y. Yuan and T. Ezer and C. Xia and Y. Yang and 2499 X. Lu and Z. Song ", 2439 2500 year = "2010", 2440 2501 month = "oct", … … 2458 2519 } 2459 2520 2460 @article{ reffray. guillaume.ea_GMD15,2461 title = "Modelling turbulent vertical mixing sensitivity using 2462 a1-D version of NEMO",2521 @article{ reffray.bourdalle-badie.ea_GMD15, 2522 title = "Modelling turbulent vertical mixing sensitivity using a 2523 1-D version of NEMO", 2463 2524 pages = "69--86", 2464 2525 journal = "Geoscientific Model Development", … … 2638 2699 2639 2700 @article{ shchepetkin_OM15, 2640 title = "An Adaptive, Courant-number-dependent implicit 2641 scheme forvertical advection in oceanic modeling",2701 title = "An Adaptive, Courant-number-dependent implicit scheme for 2702 vertical advection in oceanic modeling", 2642 2703 pages = "38--69", 2643 2704 journal = "Ocean Modelling", … … 2666 2727 } 2667 2728 2668 @article{ simmons.jayne.ea_OM04, 2669 title = "Tidally driven mixing in a numerical model of the ocean 2670 general circulation", 2671 pages = "245--263", 2672 journal = "Ocean Modelling", 2673 volume = "6", 2674 number = "3-4", 2675 author = "H. L. Simmons and S. R. Jayne and L. C. {St Laurent} and 2676 A. J. Weaver", 2677 year = "2004", 2678 month = "jan", 2679 publisher = "Elsevier BV", 2680 issn = "1463-5003", 2681 doi = "10.1016/s1463-5003(03)00011-8" 2682 } 2683 2684 @article{ smagorinsky_MW63, 2685 title = "General circulation experiments with the primitive equations: I. The basic experiment ", 2729 @article{ smagorinsky_MWR63, 2730 title = "General circulation experiments with the primitive 2731 equations: I. The basic experiment ", 2686 2732 pages = "99--164", 2687 2733 journal = "Monthly Weather Review", … … 2724 2770 issn = "1520-0493", 2725 2771 doi = "10.1175/1520-0493(1998)126<3213:agpgff>2.0.co;2" 2726 }2727 2728 @article{ st-laurent.nash_DSR04,2729 title = "An examination of the radiative and dissipative properties2730 of deep ocean internal tides",2731 pages = "3029--3042",2732 journal = "Deep Sea Research",2733 volume = "51",2734 number = "25-26",2735 author = "L. C. {St Laurent} and J. D. Nash",2736 year = "2004",2737 month = "dec",2738 publisher = "Elsevier BV",2739 issn = "0967-0645",2740 doi = "10.1016/j.dsr2.2004.09.008"2741 2772 } 2742 2773 … … 2812 2843 isbn = "9780511702242", 2813 2844 doi = "10.1017/cbo9780511702242.013" 2845 } 2846 2847 @book{ sverdrup.johnson.ea_bk42, 2848 title = "The Oceans, Their Physics, Chemistry, and General Biology", 2849 pages = "1087", 2850 author = "H. U. Sverdrup and Martin W. Johnson and Richard H. 2851 Fleming", 2852 year = "1942", 2853 publisher = "Prentice-Hall", 2854 address = "New York" 2814 2855 } 2815 2856 … … 2942 2983 } 2943 2984 2944 @article{ vancoppenolle.fichefet.ea_OM09*a,2945 title = "Simulating the mass balance and salinity of Arctic and2946 Antarctic sea ice. 1. Model description and validation",2947 pages = "33--53",2948 journal = "Ocean Modelling",2949 volume = "27",2950 number = "1-2",2951 author = "M. Vancoppenolle and T. Fichefet and H. Goosse and S.2952 Bouillon and G. Madec and M. A. Morales Maqueda",2953 year = "2009",2954 month = "jan",2955 publisher = "Elsevier BV",2956 issn = "1463-5003",2957 doi = "10.1016/j.ocemod.2008.10.005"2958 }2959 2960 @article{ vancoppenolle.fichefet.ea_OM09*b,2961 title = "Simulating the mass balance and salinity of Arctic and2962 Antarctic sea ice. 2. Importance of sea ice salinity2963 variations",2964 pages = "54--69",2965 journal = "Ocean Modelling",2966 volume = "27",2967 number = "1-2",2968 author = "M. Vancoppenolle and T. Fichefet and H. Goosse",2969 year = "2009",2970 month = "jan",2971 publisher = "Elsevier BV",2972 issn = "1463-5003",2973 doi = "10.1016/j.ocemod.2008.11.003"2974 }2975 2976 2985 @article{ warner.defne.ea_CG13, 2977 2986 title = "A wetting and drying scheme for {ROMS}", … … 3048 3057 } 3049 3058 3050 @article{ white.hoskins.ea_QJRMS05,3051 title = "Consistent approximate models of the global atmosphere: shallow, deep,3052 hydrostatic, quasi-hydrostatic and non-hydrostatic",3053 pages = "2081--2107",3054 journal = "Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society",3055 volume = "131",3056 author = "A. A. White and B. J. Hoskins and I. Roulstone and A. Staniforth",3057 year = "2005",3058 doi = "10.1256/qj.04.49"3059 }3060 3061 3059 @article{ white.adcroft.ea_JCP09, 3062 3060 title = "High-order regridding-remapping schemes for continuous … … 3072 3070 issn = "0021-9991", 3073 3071 doi = "10.1016/j.jcp.2009.08.016" 3072 } 3073 3074 @article{ white.hoskins.ea_QJRMS05, 3075 title = "Consistent approximate models of the global atmosphere: 3076 shallow, deep, hydrostatic, quasi-hydrostatic and 3077 non-hydrostatic", 3078 pages = "2081--2107", 3079 journal = "Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society", 3080 volume = "131", 3081 author = "A. A. White and B. J. Hoskins and I. Roulstone and A. 3082 Staniforth", 3083 year = "2005", 3084 doi = "10.1256/qj.04.49" 3074 3085 } 3075 3086 … … 3121 3132 } 3122 3133 3134 @article{ zeng.beljaars_GRL05, 3135 title = "A prognostic scheme of sea surface skin temperature for 3136 modeling and data assimilation", 3137 journal = "Geophysical Research Letters", 3138 volume = "32", 3139 number = "14", 3140 author = "Xubin Zeng and Anton Beljaars", 3141 year = "2005", 3142 month = "jul", 3143 publisher = "American Geophysical Union", 3144 doi = "10.1029/2005gl023030" 3145 } 3146 3123 3147 @article{ zhang.endoh_JGR92, 3124 3148 title = "A free surface General Circulation Model for the tropical … … 3134 3158 doi = "10.1029/92jc00911" 3135 3159 } 3136 3137 @article{large.yeager_CD09,3138 author="Large, W. G. and Yeager, S. G.",3139 title="The Global Climatology of an Interannually Varying Air-Sea Flux Data Set",3140 pages = "341--364",3141 journal="Climate Dynamics",3142 volume = "33",3143 number = "2-3",3144 year="2009",3145 month = "aug",3146 publisher = "Springer Science and Business Media LLC",3147 doi="10.1007/s00382-008-0441-3"3148 }3149 3150 @book{sverdrup.johnson.ea_1942,3151 author = {H. U. Sverdrup and Martin W. Johnson and Richard H. Fleming},3152 title = {The Oceans, Their Physics, Chemistry, and General Biology},3153 publisher = {Prentice-Hall},3154 address = {New York},3155 year = {1942},3156 pages = {1087},3157 }3158 3159 @article{kraus.businger_QJRMS96,3160 author = "E. B. Kraus and J. A. Businger",3161 title = "Atmosphere-ocean interaction.",3162 journal="Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society",,3163 year = "1996",3164 volume = "122",3165 number = "529",3166 pages = "324-325",3167 publisher = "John Wiley & Sons, Ltd",3168 issn = "1477-870X",3169 doi = "10.1002/qj.49712252914"3170 }3171 3172 @article{josey.gulev.ea_2013,3173 title = "Exchanges through the ocean surface",3174 journal = "Ocean Circulation and Climate - A 21st Century Perspective, Int. Geophys. Ser.",3175 year = "2013",3176 author = "S. A. Josey and S. Gulev and L. Yu",3177 pages = "115-140, edited by G. Siedler et al., Academic Press, Oxford",3178 volume = "103",3179 doi = "10.1016/B978-0-12-391851-2.00005-2"3180 }3181 3182 @article{fairall.bradley.ea_JGR96,3183 year = "1996",3184 journal = "Journal of Geophysical Research: Oceans",3185 month = "jan",3186 publisher = "American Geophysical Union",3187 volume = "101",3188 number = "C1",3189 pages = "1295-1308",3190 author = "C. W. Fairall and E. F. Bradley and J. S. Godfrey and G. A. Wick and J. B. Edson and G. S. Young",3191 title = "Cool-skin and warm-layer effects on sea surface temperature",3192 doi = "10.1029/95jc03190"3193 }3194 3195 @article{zeng.beljaars_GRL05,3196 year = "2005",3197 month = "jul",3198 publisher = "American Geophysical Union",3199 volume = "32",3200 number = "14",3201 author = "Xubin Zeng and Anton Beljaars",3202 title = "A prognostic scheme of sea surface skin temperature for modeling and data assimilation",3203 journal = "Geophysical Research Letters",3204 doi = "10.1029/2005gl023030"3205 }3206 -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/main/chapters.tex
r12377 r14789 1 \subfile{../subfiles/introduction} %% Introduction 2 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_model_basics} 3 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_time_domain} %% Time discretisation (time stepping strategy) 4 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_DOM} %% Space discretisation 5 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_TRA} %% Tracer advection/diffusion equation 6 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_DYN} %% Dynamics : momentum equation 7 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_SBC} %% Surface Boundary Conditions 8 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_LBC} %% Lateral Boundary Conditions 9 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_LDF} %% Lateral diffusion 10 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_ZDF} %% Vertical diffusion 11 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_DIA} %% Outputs and Diagnostics 12 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_OBS} %% Observation operator 13 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_ASM} %% Assimilation increments 14 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_STO} %% Stochastic param. 15 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_misc} %% Miscellaneous topics 16 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_CONFIG} %% Predefined configurations 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Chapters 3 %% ================================================================================================= 4 5 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_model_basics} %% Continuous equations and assumptions 6 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_time_domain} %% Time discretisation (time stepping strategy) 7 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_DOM} %% Space discretisation 8 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_TRA} %% Tracer advection/diffusion equation 9 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_DYN} %% Dynamics : momentum equation 10 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_SBC} %% Surface Boundary Conditions 11 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_LBC} %% Lateral Boundary Conditions 12 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_LDF} %% Lateral diffusion 13 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_ZDF} %% Vertical diffusion 14 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_DIA} %% Outputs and Diagnostics 15 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_OBS} %% Observation operator 16 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_ASM} %% Assimilation increments 17 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_STO} %% Stochastic param. 18 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_misc} %% Miscellaneous topics 19 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_cfgs} %% Predefined configurations 20 21 %% Not included 22 %\subfile{../subfiles/chap_model_basics_zstar} 23 %\subfile{../subfiles/chap_DIU} 24 %\subfile{../subfiles/chap_conservation} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/main/introduction.tex
r11543 r14789 1 2 1 \chapter*{Introduction} 3 4 %\chaptertoc5 6 %\paragraph{Changes record} ~\\7 8 %\thispagestyle{plain}9 10 %{\footnotesize11 % \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{l||X|X}12 % Release & Author(s) & Modifications \\13 % \hline14 % {\em x.x} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\15 % {\em ...} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\16 % \end{tabularx}17 %}18 19 %\clearpage20 2 21 3 The \textbf{N}ucleus for \textbf{E}uropean \textbf{M}odelling of the \textbf{O}cean (\NEMO) is -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/main/settings.tex
r11591 r14789 1 %% Engine (subfolder name)2 \def \engine{NEMO}1 %% Engine 2 \def\eng{NEMO} 3 3 4 %% Cover page settings 5 \def \spacetop{ \vspace*{1.85cm} } 6 \def \heading{NEMO ocean engine} 7 %\def \subheading{} 8 \def \spacedown{ \vspace*{0.75cm } } 9 \def \authorswidth{ 0.3\linewidth} 10 \def \rulelenght{270pt} 11 \def \abstractwidth{0.6\linewidth} 4 %% Cover page 5 \def\spcup{\vspace*{2.15cm}} 6 \def\hdg{NEMO ocean engine} 7 %\def\shdg{} %% No subheading 8 \def\spcdn{\vspace*{1.00cm}} 9 \def\autwd{0.25\linewidth}\def\lnlg{270pt}\def\abswd{0.65\linewidth} 12 10 13 %% Manual color (frontpage banner, linksand chapter boxes)14 \def \setmanualcolor{ \definecolor{manualcolor}{cmyk}{1, .60, 0, .4}}11 %% Color in cmyk model for manual theme (frontpage banner, links and chapter boxes) 12 \def\clr{1.0,0.6,0.0,0.4} 15 13 16 14 %% IPSL publication number 17 \def \ipslnum{27}15 \def\ipsl{27} 18 16 19 %% Zenodo ID, i.e. doi:10.5281/zenodo.\ ([0-9]*\)20 \def 17 %% Zenodo ID, i.e. doi:10.5281/zenodo.\zid 18 \def\zid{1464816} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles
- Property svn:ignore
-
old new 1 *.aux 2 *.bbl 3 *.blg 4 *.fdb* 5 *.fls 6 *.idx 7 *.ilg 1 8 *.ind 2 *.ilg 9 *.lo* 10 *.out 11 *.pdf 12 *.pyg 13 *.tdo 14 *.toc 15 *.xdv 16 cache*
-
- Property svn:ignore
-
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_DOMAINcfg.tex
r11693 r14789 6 6 \label{apdx:DOMCFG} 7 7 8 % {\em 4.0} & {\em Andrew Coward} & {\em Created at v4.0 from materials removed from chap\_DOM that are still relevant to the \forcode{DOMAINcfg} tool and which illustrate and explain the choices to be made by the user when setting up new domains } \\9 10 \thispagestyle{plain}11 12 8 \chaptertoc 13 9 … … 16 12 {\footnotesize 17 13 \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{l||X|X} 18 Release & Author(s) & Modifications\\19 \hline 20 {\em 4.0} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\21 {\em 3.6} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\22 {\em 3.4} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\23 {\em <=3.4} & {\em ...} & {\em ...}14 Release & Author(s) & Modifications \\ 15 \hline 16 {\em next} & {\em Pierre Mathiot} & {\em Add ice shelf and closed sea option description } \\ 17 {\em 4.0} & {\em Andrew Coward} & {\em Creation from materials removed from \autoref{chap:DOM} 18 that are still relevant to the DOMAINcfg tool 19 when setting up new domains } 24 20 \end{tabularx} 25 21 } … … 46 42 47 43 \begin{listing} 48 \nlst{namdom_domcfg} 44 \begin{forlines} 45 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 46 &namdom ! space and time domain (bathymetry, mesh, timestep) 47 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 48 nn_bathy = 1 ! compute analyticaly (=0) or read (=1) the bathymetry file 49 ! or compute (2) from external bathymetry 50 nn_interp = 1 ! type of interpolation (nn_bathy =2) 51 cn_topo = 'bathymetry_ORCA12_V3.3.nc' ! external topo file (nn_bathy =2) 52 cn_bath = 'Bathymetry' ! topo name in file (nn_bathy =2) 53 cn_lon = 'nav_lon' ! lon name in file (nn_bathy =2) 54 cn_lat = 'nav_lat' ! lat name in file (nn_bathy =2) 55 rn_scale = 1 56 rn_bathy = 0. ! value of the bathymetry. if (=0) bottom flat at jpkm1 57 jphgr_msh = 0 ! type of horizontal mesh 58 ppglam0 = 999999.0 ! longitude of first raw and column T-point (jphgr_msh = 1) 59 ppgphi0 = 999999.0 ! latitude of first raw and column T-point (jphgr_msh = 1) 60 ppe1_deg = 999999.0 ! zonal grid-spacing (degrees) 61 ppe2_deg = 999999.0 ! meridional grid-spacing (degrees) 62 ppe1_m = 999999.0 ! zonal grid-spacing (degrees) 63 ppe2_m = 999999.0 ! meridional grid-spacing (degrees) 64 ppsur = -4762.96143546300 ! ORCA r4, r2 and r05 coefficients 65 ppa0 = 255.58049070440 ! (default coefficients) 66 ppa1 = 245.58132232490 ! 67 ppkth = 21.43336197938 ! 68 ppacr = 3.0 ! 69 ppdzmin = 999999. ! Minimum vertical spacing 70 pphmax = 999999. ! Maximum depth 71 ldbletanh = .FALSE. ! Use/do not use double tanf function for vertical coordinates 72 ppa2 = 999999. ! Double tanh function parameters 73 ppkth2 = 999999. ! 74 ppacr2 = 999999. ! 75 / 76 \end{forlines} 49 77 \caption{\forcode{&namdom_domcfg}} 50 78 \label{lst:namdom_domcfg} … … 58 86 \item [{\np{jphgr_mesh}{jphgr\_mesh}=0}] The most general curvilinear orthogonal grids. 59 87 The coordinates and their first derivatives with respect to $i$ and $j$ are provided 60 in a input file (\ ifile{coordinates}), read in \rou{hgr\_read} subroutine of the domhgr module.88 in a input file (\textit{coordinates.nc}), read in \rou{hgr\_read} subroutine of the domhgr module. 61 89 This is now the only option available within \NEMO\ itself from v4.0 onwards. 62 90 \item [{\np{jphgr_mesh}{jphgr\_mesh}=1 to 5}] A few simple analytical grids are provided (see below). … … 123 151 The reference coordinate transformation $z_0(k)$ defines the arrays $gdept_0$ and 124 152 $gdepw_0$ for $t$- and $w$-points, respectively. See \autoref{sec:DOMCFG_sco} for the 125 S-coordinate options. As indicated on \autoref{fig:DOM_index_vert} \ jp{jpk} is the number of126 $w$-levels. $gdepw_0(1)$ is the ocean surface. There are at most \ jp{jpk}-1 $t$-points153 S-coordinate options. As indicated on \autoref{fig:DOM_index_vert} \texttt{jpk} is the number of 154 $w$-levels. $gdepw_0(1)$ is the ocean surface. There are at most \texttt{jpk}-1 $t$-points 127 155 inside the ocean, the additional $t$-point at $jk = jpk$ is below the sea floor and is not 128 156 used. The vertical location of $w$- and $t$-levels is defined from the analytic … … 134 162 135 163 It is possible to define a simple regular vertical grid by giving zero stretching 136 (\np[=0]{ppacr}{ppacr}). In that case, the parameters \ jp{jpk} (number of $w$-levels)164 (\np[=0]{ppacr}{ppacr}). In that case, the parameters \texttt{jpk} (number of $w$-levels) 137 165 and \np{pphmax}{pphmax} (total ocean depth in meters) fully define the grid. 138 166 … … 146 174 \end{gather} 147 175 148 where $k = 1$ to \ jp{jpk} for $w$-levels and $k = 1$ to $k = 1$ for $t-$levels. Such an176 where $k = 1$ to \texttt{jpk} for $w$-levels and $k = 1$ to $k = 1$ for $t-$levels. Such an 149 177 expression allows us to define a nearly uniform vertical location of levels at the ocean 150 178 top and bottom with a smooth hyperbolic tangent transition in between (\autoref{fig:DOMCFG_zgr}). … … 194 222 \end{equation} 195 223 196 With the choice of the stretching $h_{cr} = 3$ and the number of levels \ jp{jpk}~$= 31$,224 With the choice of the stretching $h_{cr} = 3$ and the number of levels \texttt{jpk}~$= 31$, 197 225 the four coefficients $h_{sur}$, $h_0$, $h_1$, and $h_{th}$ in 198 226 \autoref{eq:DOMCFG_zgr_ana_2} have been determined such that \autoref{eq:DOMCFG_zgr_coef} … … 212 240 Values from $3$ to $10$ are usual. 213 241 \item \np{ppkth}{ppkth}~$= h_{th}$: is approximately the model level at which maximum stretching occurs 214 (nondimensional, usually of order 1/2 or 2/3 of \ jp{jpk})242 (nondimensional, usually of order 1/2 or 2/3 of \texttt{jpk}) 215 243 \item \np{ppdzmin}{ppdzmin}: minimum thickness for the top layer (in meters). 216 244 \item \np{pphmax}{pphmax}: total depth of the ocean (meters). … … 218 246 219 247 As an example, for the $45$ layers used in the DRAKKAR configuration those parameters are: 220 \ jp{jpk}~$= 46$, \np{ppacr}{ppacr}~$= 9$, \np{ppkth}{ppkth}~$= 23.563$, \np{ppdzmin}{ppdzmin}~$= 6~m$,248 \texttt{jpk}~$= 46$, \np{ppacr}{ppacr}~$= 9$, \np{ppkth}{ppkth}~$= 23.563$, \np{ppdzmin}{ppdzmin}~$= 6~m$, 221 249 \np{pphmax}{pphmax}~$= 5750~m$. 222 250 … … 313 341 This is meant for the "EEL-R5" configuration, a periodic or open boundary channel with a seamount. 314 342 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_bathy}{nn\_bathy}}]: read a bathymetry and ice shelf draft (if needed). 315 The \ ifile{bathy\_meter} file (Netcdf format) provides the ocean depth (positive, in meters) at343 The \textit{bathy\_meter.nc} file (Netcdf format) provides the ocean depth (positive, in meters) at 316 344 each grid point of the model grid. 317 345 The bathymetry is usually built by interpolating a standard bathymetry product (\eg\ ETOPO2) onto … … 319 347 Defining the bathymetry also defines the coastline: where the bathymetry is zero, 320 348 no wet levels are defined (all levels are masked). 321 322 The \ifile{isfdraft\_meter} file (Netcdf format) provides the ice shelf draft (positive, in meters) at323 each grid point of the model grid.324 This file is only needed if \np[=.true.]{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav}.325 Defining the ice shelf draft will also define the ice shelf edge and the grounding line position.326 349 \end{description} 327 350 … … 363 386 bathymetry varies by less than one level thickness from one grid point to the next). The 364 387 reference layer thicknesses $e_{3t}^0$ have been defined in the absence of bathymetry. 365 With partial steps, layers from 1 to \ jp{jpk}-2can have a thickness smaller than388 With partial steps, layers from 1 to \texttt{jpk-2} can have a thickness smaller than 366 389 $e_{3t}(jk)$. 367 390 368 The model deepest layer (\ jp{jpk}-1) is allowed to have either a smaller or larger391 The model deepest layer (\texttt{jpk-1}) is allowed to have either a smaller or larger 369 392 thickness than $e_{3t}(jpk)$: the maximum thickness allowed is $2*e_{3t}(jpk - 1)$. 370 393 … … 383 406 \subsubsection[$S$-coordinate (\forcode{ln_sco})]{$S$-coordinate (\protect\np{ln_sco}{ln\_sco})} 384 407 \label{sec:DOMCFG_sco} 408 385 409 \begin{listing} 386 \nlst{namzgr_sco_domcfg}387 410 \caption{\forcode{&namzgr_sco_domcfg}} 388 411 \label{lst:namzgr_sco_domcfg} 412 \begin{forlines} 413 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 414 &namzgr_sco ! s-coordinate or hybrid z-s-coordinate (default: OFF) 415 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 416 ln_s_sh94 = .false. ! Song & Haidvogel 1994 hybrid S-sigma (T)| 417 ln_s_sf12 = .false. ! Siddorn & Furner 2012 hybrid S-z-sigma (T)| if both are false the NEMO tanh stretching is applied 418 ln_sigcrit = .false. ! use sigma coordinates below critical depth (T) or Z coordinates (F) for Siddorn & Furner stretch 419 ! stretching coefficients for all functions 420 rn_sbot_min = 10.0 ! minimum depth of s-bottom surface (>0) (m) 421 rn_sbot_max = 7000.0 ! maximum depth of s-bottom surface (= ocean depth) (>0) (m) 422 rn_hc = 150.0 ! critical depth for transition to stretched coordinates 423 !!!!!!! Envelop bathymetry 424 rn_rmax = 0.3 ! maximum cut-off r-value allowed (0<r_max<1) 425 !!!!!!! SH94 stretching coefficients (ln_s_sh94 = .true.) 426 rn_theta = 6.0 ! surface control parameter (0<=theta<=20) 427 rn_bb = 0.8 ! stretching with SH94 s-sigma 428 !!!!!!! SF12 stretching coefficient (ln_s_sf12 = .true.) 429 rn_alpha = 4.4 ! stretching with SF12 s-sigma 430 rn_efold = 0.0 ! efold length scale for transition to stretched coord 431 rn_zs = 1.0 ! depth of surface grid box 432 ! bottom cell depth (Zb) is a linear function of water depth Zb = H*a + b 433 rn_zb_a = 0.024 ! bathymetry scaling factor for calculating Zb 434 rn_zb_b = -0.2 ! offset for calculating Zb 435 !!!!!!!! Other stretching (not SH94 or SF12) [also uses rn_theta above] 436 rn_thetb = 1.0 ! bottom control parameter (0<=thetb<= 1) 437 / 438 \end{forlines} 389 439 \end{listing} 390 Options are defined in \nam{zgr_sco}{zgr\_sco} (\texttt{DOMAINcfg} only). 440 441 Options are defined in \forcode{&zgr_sco} (\texttt{DOMAINcfg} only). 391 442 In $s$-coordinate (\np[=.true.]{ln_sco}{ln\_sco}), the depth and thickness of the model levels are defined from 392 443 the product of a depth field and either a stretching function or its derivative, respectively: … … 530 581 This option is described in the Report by Levier \textit{et al.} (2007), available on the \NEMO\ web site. 531 582 583 \section{Ice shelf cavity definition} 584 \label{subsec:zgrisf} 585 586 If the under ice shelf seas are opened (\np{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav}), the depth of the ice shelf/ocean interface has to be include in 587 the \textit{isfdraft\_meter} file (Netcdf format). This file need to include the \textit{isf\_draft} variable. 588 A positive value will mean ice shelf/ocean or ice shelf bedrock interface below the reference 0m ssh. 589 The exact shape of the ice shelf cavity (grounding line position and minimum thickness of the water column under an ice shelf, ...) can be specify in \nam{zgr_isf}{zgr\_isf}. 590 591 \begin{listing} 592 \caption{\forcode{&namzgr_isf}} 593 \label{lst:namzgr_isf} 594 \begin{forlines} 595 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 596 &namzgr_isf ! isf cavity geometry definition (default: OFF) 597 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 598 rn_isfdep_min = 10. ! minimum isf draft tickness (if lower, isf draft set to this value) 599 rn_glhw_min = 1.e-3 ! minimum water column thickness to define the grounding line 600 rn_isfhw_min = 10 ! minimum water column thickness in the cavity once the grounding line defined. 601 ln_isfchannel = .false. ! remove channel (based on 2d mask build from isfdraft-bathy) 602 ln_isfconnect = .false. ! force connection under the ice shelf (based on 2d mask build from isfdraft-bathy) 603 nn_kisfmax = 999 ! limiter in level on the previous condition. (if change larger than this number, get back to value before we enforce the connection) 604 rn_zisfmax = 7000. ! limiter in m on the previous condition. (if change larger than this number, get back to value before we enforce the connection) 605 ln_isfcheminey = .false. ! close cheminey 606 ln_isfsubgl = .false. ! remove subglacial lake created by the remapping process 607 rn_isfsubgllon = 0.0 ! longitude of the seed to determine the open ocean 608 rn_isfsubgllat = 0.0 ! latitude of the seed to determine the open ocean 609 / 610 \end{forlines} 611 \end{listing} 612 613 The options available to define the shape of the under ice shelf cavities are listed in \nam{zgr_isf}{zgr\_isf} (\texttt{DOMAINcfg} only, \autoref{lst:namzgr_isf}). 614 615 \subsection{Model ice shelf draft definition} 616 \label{subsec:zgrisf_isfd} 617 618 First of all, the tool make sure, the ice shelf draft ($h_{isf}$) is sensible and compatible with the bathymetry. 619 There are 3 compulsory steps to achieve this: 620 621 \begin{description} 622 \item{\np{rn_isfdep_min}{rn\_isfdep\_min}:} this is the minimum ice shelf draft. This is to make sure there is no ridiculous thin ice shelf. If \np{rn_isfdep_min}{rn\_isfdep\_min} is smaller than the surface level, \np{rn_isfdep_min}{rn\_isfdep\_min} is set to $e3t\_1d(1)$. 623 Where $h_{isf} < MAX(e3t\_1d(1),rn\_isfdep\_min)$, $h_{isf}$ is set to \np{rn_isfdep_min}{rn\_isfdep\_min}. 624 625 \item{\np{rn_glhw_min}{rn\_glhw\_min}:} This parameter is used to define the grounding line position. 626 Where the difference between the bathymetry and the ice shelf draft is smaller than \np{rn_glhw_min}{rn\_glhw\_min}, the cell are grounded (ie masked). 627 This step is needed to take into account possible small mismatch between ice shelf draft value and bathymetry value (sources are coming from different grid, different data processes, rounding error, ...). 628 629 \item{\np{rn_isfhw_min}{rn\_isfhw\_min}:} This parameter is the minimum water column thickness in the cavity. 630 Where the water column thickness is lower than \np{rn_isfhw_min}{rn\_isfhw\_min}, the ice shelf draft is adjusted to match this criterion. 631 If for any reason, this adjustement break the minimum ice shelf draft allowed (\np{rn_isfdep_min}{rn\_isfdep\_min}), the cell is masked. 632 \end{description} 633 634 Once all these adjustements are made, if the water column thickness contains one cell wide channels, these channels can be closed using \np{ln_isfchannel}{ln\_isfchannel}. 635 636 \subsection{Model top level definition} 637 After the definition of the ice shelf draft, the tool defines the top level. 638 The compulsory criterion is that the water column needs at least 2 wet cells in the water column at U- and V-points. 639 To do so, if there one cell wide water column, the tools adjust the ice shelf draft to fillful the requierement.\\ 640 641 The process is the following: 642 \begin{description} 643 \item{step 1:} The top level is defined in the same way as the bottom level is defined. 644 \item{step 2:} The isolated grid point in the bathymetry are filled (as it is done in a domain without ice shelf) 645 \item{step 3:} The tools make sure, the top level is above or equal to the bottom level 646 \item{step 4:} If the water column at a U- or V- point is one wet cell wide, the ice shelf draft is adjusted. So the actual top cell become fully open and the new 647 top cell thickness is set to the minimum cell thickness allowed (following the same logic as for the bottom partial cell). This step is iterated 4 times to ensure the condition is fullfill along the 4 sides of the cell. 648 \end{description} 649 650 In case of steep slope and shallow water column, it likely that 2 cells are disconnected (bathymetry above its neigbourging ice shelf draft). 651 The option \np{ln_isfconnect}{ln\_isfconnect} allow the tool to force the connection between these 2 cells. 652 Some limiters in meter or levels on the digging allowed by the tool are available (respectively, \np{rn_zisfmax}{rn\_zisfmax} or \np{rn_kisfmax}{rn\_kisfmax}). 653 This will prevent the formation of subglacial lakes at the expense of long vertical pipe to connect cells at very different levels. 654 655 \subsection{Subglacial lakes} 656 Despite careful setting of your ice shelf draft and bathymetry input file as well as setting described in \autoref{subsec:zgrisf_isfd}, some situation are unavoidable. 657 For exemple if you setup your ice shelf draft and bathymetry to do ocean/ice sheet coupling, 658 you may decide to fill the whole antarctic with a bathymetry and an ice shelf draft value (ice/bedrock interface depth when grounded). 659 If you do so, the subglacial lakes will show up (Vostock for example). An other possibility is with coarse vertical resolution, some ice shelves could be cut in 2 parts: 660 one connected to the main ocean and an other one closed which can be considered as a subglacial sea be the model.\\ 661 662 The namelist option \np{ln_isfsubgl}{ln\_isfsubgl} allow you to remove theses subglacial lakes. 663 This may be useful for esthetical reason or for stability reasons: 664 665 \begin{description} 666 \item $\bullet$ In a subglacial lakes, in case of very weak circulation (often the case), the only heat flux is the conductive heat flux through the ice sheet. 667 This will lead to constant freezing until water reaches -20C. 668 This is one of the defitiency of the 3 equation melt formulation (for details on this formulation, see: \autoref{sec:isf}). 669 \item $\bullet$ In case of coupling with an ice sheet model, 670 the ssh in the subglacial lakes and the main ocean could be very different (ssh initial adjustement for example), 671 and so if for any reason both a connected at some point, the model is likely to fall over.\\ 672 \end{description} 673 674 \section{Closed sea definition} 675 \label{sec:clocfg} 676 677 \begin{listing} 678 \caption{\forcode{&namclo}} 679 \label{lst:namdom_clo} 680 \begin{forlines} 681 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 682 &namclo ! (closed sea : need ln_domclo = .true. in namcfg) 683 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 684 rn_lon_opnsea = -2.0 ! longitude seed of open ocean 685 rn_lat_opnsea = -2.0 ! latitude seed of open ocean 686 nn_closea = 8 ! number of closed seas ( = 0; only the open_sea mask will be computed) 687 ! name ! lon_src ! lat_src ! lon_trg ! lat_trg ! river mouth area ! net evap/precip correction scheme ! radius tgt ! id trg 688 ! ! (degree)! (degree)! (degree)! (degree)! local/coast/global ! (glo/rnf/emp) ! (m) ! 689 ! North American lakes 690 sn_lake(1) = 'superior' , -86.57 , 47.30 , -66.49 , 50.45 , 'local' , 'rnf' , 550000.0 , 2 691 sn_lake(2) = 'michigan' , -87.06 , 42.74 , -66.49 , 50.45 , 'local' , 'rnf' , 550000.0 , 2 692 sn_lake(3) = 'huron' , -82.51 , 44.74 , -66.49 , 50.45 , 'local' , 'rnf' , 550000.0 , 2 693 sn_lake(4) = 'erie' , -81.13 , 42.25 , -66.49 , 50.45 , 'local' , 'rnf' , 550000.0 , 2 694 sn_lake(5) = 'ontario' , -77.72 , 43.62 , -66.49 , 50.45 , 'local' , 'rnf' , 550000.0 , 2 695 ! African Lake 696 sn_lake(6) = 'victoria' , 32.93 , -1.08 , 30.44 , 31.37 , 'coast' , 'emp' , 100000.0 , 3 697 ! Asian Lakes 698 sn_lake(7) = 'caspian' , 50.0 , 44.0 , 0.0 , 0.0 , 'global' , 'glo' , 0.0 , 1 699 sn_lake(8) = 'aral' , 60.0 , 45.0 , 0.0 , 0.0 , 'global' , 'glo' , 0.0 , 1 700 / 701 \end{forlines} 702 \end{listing} 703 704 The options available to define the closed seas and how closed sea net fresh water input will be redistributed by NEMO are listed in \nam{dom_clo}{dom\_clo} (\texttt{DOMAINcfg} only). 705 The individual definition of each closed sea is managed by \np{sn_lake}{sn\_lake}. In this fields the user needs to define:\\ 706 \begin{description} 707 \item $\bullet$ the name of the closed sea (print output purposes). 708 \item $\bullet$ the seed location to define the area of the closed sea (if seed on land because not present in this configuration, this closed sea will be ignored).\\ 709 \item $\bullet$ the seed location for the target area. 710 \item $\bullet$ the type of target area ('local','coast' or 'global'). See point 6 for definition of these cases. 711 \item $\bullet$ the type of redistribution scheme for the net fresh water flux over the closed sea (as a runoff in a target area, as emp in a target area, as emp globally). For the runoff case, if the net fwf is negative, it will be redistribut globally. 712 \item $\bullet$ the radius of the target area (not used for the 'global' case). So the target defined by a 'local' target area of a radius of 100km, for example, correspond to all the wet points within this radius. The coastal case will return only the coastal point within the specifid radius. 713 \item $\bullet$ the target id. This target id is used to group multiple lakes into the same river ouflow (Great Lakes for example). 714 \end{description} 715 716 The closed sea module defines a number of masks in the \textit{domain\_cfg} output: 717 \begin{description} 718 \item[\textit{mask\_opensea}:] a mask of the main ocean without all the closed seas closed. This mask is defined by a flood filling algorithm with an initial seed (localisation defined by \np{rn_lon_opnsea}{rn\_lon\_opnsea} and \np{rn_lat_opnsea}{rn\_lat\_opnsea}). 719 \item[\textit{mask\_csglo}, \textit{mask\_csrnf}, \textit{mask\_csemp}:] a mask of all the closed seas defined in the namelist by \np{sn_lake}{sn\_lake} for each redistribution scheme. The total number of defined closed seas has to be defined in \np{nn_closea}{nn\_closea}. 720 \item[\textit{mask\_csgrpglo}, \textit{mask\_csgrprnf}, \textit{mask\_csgrpemp}:] a mask of all the closed seas and targets grouped by target id for each type of redistribution scheme. 721 \item[\textit{mask\_csundef}:] a mask of all the closed sea not defined in \np{sn_lake}{sn\_lake}. This will allows NEMO to mask them if needed or to inform the user of potential minor issues in its bathymetry. 722 \end{description} 723 532 724 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 533 725 -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_algos.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Note on some algorithms} 6 6 \label{apdx:ALGOS} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_diff_opers.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Diffusive Operators} 6 6 \label{apdx:DIFFOPERS} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_invariants.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Discrete Invariants of the Equations} 6 6 \label{apdx:INVARIANTS} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_s_coord.tex
r11693 r14789 8 8 % {\em 4.0} & {\em Mike Bell} & {\em review} \\ 9 9 % {\em 3.x} & {\em Gurvan Madec} & {\em original} \\ 10 11 \thispagestyle{plain}12 10 13 11 \chaptertoc -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_triads.tex
r11693 r14789 1 1 \documentclass[../main/NEMO_manual]{subfiles} 2 3 %% Local cmds4 \newcommand{\rML}[1][i]{\ensuremath{_{\mathrm{ML}\,#1}}}5 \newcommand{\rMLt}[1][i]{\tilde{r}_{\mathrm{ML}\,#1}}6 %% Move to ../../global/new_cmds.tex to avoid error with \listoffigures7 %\newcommand{\triad}[6][]{\ensuremath{{}_{#2}^{#3}{\mathbb{#4}_{#1}}_{#5}^{\,#6}}8 \newcommand{\triadd}[5]{\ensuremath{{}_{#1}^{#2}{\mathbb{#3}}_{#4}^{\,#5}}}9 \newcommand{\triadt}[5]{\ensuremath{{}_{#1}^{#2}{\tilde{\mathbb{#3}}}_{#4}^{\,#5}}}10 \newcommand{\rtriad}[2][]{\ensuremath{\triad[#1]{i}{k}{#2}{i_p}{k_p}}}11 \newcommand{\rtriadt}[1]{\ensuremath{\triadt{i}{k}{#1}{i_p}{k_p}}}12 2 13 3 \begin{document} … … 15 5 \chapter{Iso-Neutral Diffusion and Eddy Advection using Triads} 16 6 \label{apdx:TRIADS} 17 18 \thispagestyle{plain}19 7 20 8 \chaptertoc … … 36 24 37 25 %% ================================================================================================= 38 \section[Choice of \forcode{namtra \_ldf} namelist parameters]{Choice of \protect\nam{tra_ldf}{tra\_ldf} namelist parameters}26 \section[Choice of \forcode{namtra_ldf} namelist parameters]{Choice of \protect\nam{tra_ldf}{tra\_ldf} namelist parameters} 39 27 40 28 Two scheme are available to perform the iso-neutral diffusion. -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_ASM.tex
r11693 r14789 8 8 % {\em 4.0} & {\em D. J. Lea} & {\em \NEMO\ 4.0 updates} \\ 9 9 % {\em 3.4} & {\em D. J. Lea, M. Martin, K. Mogensen, A. Weaver} & {\em Initial version} \\ 10 11 \thispagestyle{plain}12 10 13 11 \chaptertoc -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_DIA.tex
r12377 r14789 11 11 % {\em 3.4} & {\em Gurvan Madec, Rachid Benshila, Andrew Coward } & {\em } \\ 12 12 % {\em } & {\em Christian Ethe, Sebastien Masson } & {\em } \\ 13 14 \thispagestyle{plain}15 13 16 14 \chaptertoc … … 119 117 \subsection{XIOS: Reading and writing restart file} 120 118 121 XIOS may be used to read single file restart produced by \NEMO. Currently only the variables written to 122 file \forcode{numror} can be handled by XIOS. To activate restart reading using XIOS, set \np[=.true. ]{ln_xios_read}{ln\_xios\_read} 119 XIOS may be used to read single file restart produced by \NEMO. The variables written to 120 file \forcode{numror} (OCE), \forcode{numrir} (SI3), \forcode{numrtr} (TOP), \forcode{numrsr} (SED) can be handled by XIOS. 121 To activate restart reading using XIOS, set \np[=.true. ]{ln_xios_read}{ln\_xios\_read} 123 122 in \textit{namelist\_cfg}. This setting will be ignored when multiple restart files are present, and default \NEMO 124 123 functionality will be used for reading. There is no need to change iodef.xml file to use XIOS to read … … 142 141 have to be rebuild before continuing the run. This option aims to reduce number of restart files generated by \NEMO\ only, 143 142 and may be useful when there is a need to change number of processors used to run simulation. 144 145 If an additional variable must be written to a restart file, the following steps are needed:146 \begin{enumerate}147 \item Add variable name to a list of restart variables (in subroutine \rou{iom\_set\_rst\_vars,} \mdl{iom}) and148 define correct grid for the variable (\forcode{grid_N_3D} - 3D variable, \forcode{grid_N} - 2D variable, \forcode{grid_vector} -149 1D variable, \forcode{grid_scalar} - scalar),150 \item Add variable to the list of fields written by restart. This can be done either in subroutine151 \rou{iom\_set\_rstw\_core} (\mdl{iom}) or by calling \rou{iom\_set\_rstw\_active} (\mdl{iom}) with the name of a variable152 as an argument. This convention follows approach for writing restart using iom, where variables are153 written either by \rou{rst\_write} or by calling \rou{iom\_rstput} from individual routines.154 \end{enumerate}155 143 156 144 An older versions of XIOS do not support reading functionality. It's recommended to use at least XIOS2@1451. … … 676 664 \end{forlines} 677 665 678 \noindent will give the following file name radical: \ ifile{myfile\_ORCA2\_19891231\_freq1d}666 \noindent will give the following file name radical: \textit{myfile\_ORCA2\_19891231\_freq1d} 679 667 680 668 %% ================================================================================================= … … 1952 1940 When \np[=.true.]{ln_subbas}{ln\_subbas}, transports and stream function are computed for the Atlantic, Indian, 1953 1941 Pacific and Indo-Pacific Oceans (defined north of 30\deg{S}) as well as for the World Ocean. 1954 The sub-basin decomposition requires an input file (\ ifile{subbasins}) which contains three 2D mask arrays,1942 The sub-basin decomposition requires an input file (\textit{subbasins}) which contains three 2D mask arrays, 1955 1943 the Indo-Pacific mask been deduced from the sum of the Indian and Pacific mask (\autoref{fig:DIA_mask_subasins}). 1956 1944 1957 1945 \begin{listing} 1958 \nlst{namptr}1946 % \nlst{namptr} 1959 1947 \caption{\forcode{&namptr}} 1960 1948 \label{lst:namptr} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_DIU.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Diurnal SST Models (DIU)} 6 6 \label{chap:DIU} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc … … 52 50 53 51 This namelist contains only two variables: 52 54 53 \begin{description} 55 54 \item [{\np{ln_diurnal}{ln\_diurnal}}] A logical switch for turning on/off both the cool skin and warm layer. -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_DOM.tex
r11693 r14789 14 14 % - domclo: closed sea and lakes.... 15 15 % management of closea sea area: specific to global cfg, both forced and coupled 16 17 \thispagestyle{plain}18 16 19 17 \chaptertoc … … 368 366 \label{subsec:DOM_size} 369 367 370 The total size of the computational domain is set by the parameters \ jp{jpiglo}, \jp{jpjglo} and371 \ jp{jpkglo} for the $i$, $j$ and $k$ directions, respectively.368 The total size of the computational domain is set by the parameters \texttt{jpiglo}, \texttt{jpjglo} and 369 \texttt{jpkglo} for the $i$, $j$ and $k$ directions, respectively. 372 370 Note, that the variables \texttt{jpi} and \texttt{jpj} refer to 373 371 the size of each processor subdomain when the code is run in parallel using domain decomposition … … 379 377 in which case \np{cn_cfg}{cn\_cfg} and \np{nn_cfg}{nn\_cfg} are set from these values accordingly). 380 378 381 The global lateral boundary condition type is selected from 8 options using parameter \jp{jperio}.379 The global lateral boundary condition type is selected from 8 options using parameters \texttt{l\_Iperio}, \texttt{l\_Jperio}, \texttt{l\_NFold} and \texttt{c\_NFtype}. 382 380 See \autoref{sec:LBC_jperio} for details on the available options and 383 the corresponding values for \ jp{jperio}.381 the corresponding values for \texttt{l\_Iperio}, \texttt{l\_Jperio}, \texttt{l\_NFold} and \texttt{c\_NFtype}. 384 382 385 383 %% ================================================================================================= … … 396 394 397 395 \begin{clines} 398 int jpiglo, jpjglo, jpkglo /* global domain sizes */ 399 int jperio /* lateral global domain b.c. */ 400 double glamt, glamu, glamv, glamf /* geographic longitude (t,u,v and f points respectively) */ 401 double gphit, gphiu, gphiv, gphif /* geographic latitude */ 402 double e1t, e1u, e1v, e1f /* horizontal scale factors */ 403 double e2t, e2u, e2v, e2f /* horizontal scale factors */ 396 integer Ni0glo, NjOglo, jpkglo /* global domain sizes (without MPI halos) */ 397 logical l\_Iperio, l\_Jperio /* lateral global domain b.c.: i- j-periodicity */ 398 logical l\_NFold /* lateral global domain b.c.: North Pole folding */ 399 char(1) c\_NFtype /* type of North pole Folding: T or F point */ 400 real glamt, glamu, glamv, glamf /* geographic longitude (t,u,v and f points respectively) */ 401 real gphit, gphiu, gphiv, gphif /* geographic latitude */ 402 real e1t, e1u, e1v, e1f /* horizontal scale factors */ 403 real e2t, e2u, e2v, e2f /* horizontal scale factors */ 404 404 \end{clines} 405 405 … … 465 465 \begin{enumerate} 466 466 \item the bathymetry given in meters; 467 \item the number of levels of the model (\ jp{jpk});467 \item the number of levels of the model (\texttt{jpk}); 468 468 \item the analytical transformation $z(i,j,k)$ and the vertical scale factors 469 469 (derivatives of the transformation); and … … 575 575 every gridcell in the model regardless of the choice of vertical coordinate. 576 576 With constant z-levels, e3 metrics will be uniform across each horizontal level. 577 In the partial step case each e3 at the \ jp{bottom\_level}578 (and, possibly, \ jp{top\_level} if ice cavities are present)577 In the partial step case each e3 at the \texttt{bottom\_level} 578 (and, possibly, \texttt{top\_level} if ice cavities are present) 579 579 may vary from its horizontal neighbours. 580 580 And, in s-coordinates, variations can occur throughout the water column. … … 585 585 those arising from a flat sea surface with zero elevation. 586 586 587 The \ jp{bottom\_level} and \jp{top\_level} 2D arrays define588 the \ jp{bottom\_level} and top wet levels in each grid column.589 Without ice cavities, \ jp{top\_level} is essentially a land mask (0 on land; 1 everywhere else).590 With ice cavities, \ jp{top\_level} determines the first wet point below the overlying ice shelf.587 The \texttt{bottom\_level} and \texttt{top\_level} 2D arrays define 588 the \texttt{bottom\_level} and top wet levels in each grid column. 589 Without ice cavities, \texttt{top\_level} is essentially a land mask (0 on land; 1 everywhere else). 590 With ice cavities, \texttt{top\_level} determines the first wet point below the overlying ice shelf. 591 591 592 592 %% ================================================================================================= … … 594 594 \label{subsec:DOM_msk} 595 595 596 From \ jp{top\_level} and \jp{bottom\_level} fields, the mask fields are defined as follows:596 From \texttt{top\_level} and \texttt{bottom\_level} fields, the mask fields are defined as follows: 597 597 \begin{align*} 598 598 tmask(i,j,k) &= -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_DYN.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Ocean Dynamics (DYN)} 6 6 \label{chap:DYN} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc … … 657 655 Note that expression \autoref{eq:DYN_hpg_sco} is commonly used when the variable volume formulation is activated 658 656 (\texttt{vvl?}) because in that case, even with a flat bottom, 659 the coordinate surfaces are not horizontal but follow the free surface \citep{levier.treguier.ea_ rpt07}.657 the coordinate surfaces are not horizontal but follow the free surface \citep{levier.treguier.ea_trpt07}. 660 658 The pressure jacobian scheme (\np[=.true.]{ln_dynhpg_prj}{ln\_dynhpg\_prj}) is available as 661 659 an improved option to \np[=.true.]{ln_dynhpg_sco}{ln\_dynhpg\_sco} when \texttt{vvl?} is active. … … 763 761 which imposes a very small time step when an explicit time stepping is used. 764 762 Two methods are proposed to allow a longer time step for the three-dimensional equations: 765 the filtered free surface, which is a modification of the continuous equations (see \autoref{eq:MB_flt?}),763 the filtered free surface, which is a modification of the continuous equations \iffalse (see \autoref{eq:MB_flt?}) \fi 766 764 and the split-explicit free surface described below. 767 765 The extra term introduced in the filtered method is calculated implicitly, … … 913 911 external gravity waves in idealized or weakly non-linear cases. 914 912 Although the damping is lower than for the filtered free surface, 915 it is still significant as shown by \citet{levier.treguier.ea_ rpt07} in the case of an analytical barotropic Kelvin wave.913 it is still significant as shown by \citet{levier.treguier.ea_trpt07} in the case of an analytical barotropic Kelvin wave. 916 914 917 915 \cmtgm{ %%% copy from griffies Book … … 1245 1243 the atmospheric pressure is taken into account when computing the surface pressure gradient. 1246 1244 1247 (2) When \np[=.true.]{ln_tide_pot}{ln\_tide\_pot} and \np[=.true.]{ln_tide}{ln\_tide} (see \autoref{sec:SBC_ tide}),1245 (2) When \np[=.true.]{ln_tide_pot}{ln\_tide\_pot} and \np[=.true.]{ln_tide}{ln\_tide} (see \autoref{sec:SBC_TDE}), 1248 1246 the tidal potential is taken into account when computing the surface pressure gradient. 1249 1247 -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_LBC.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Lateral Boundary Condition (LBC)} 6 6 \label{chap:LBC} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc … … 16 14 Release & Author(s) & Modifications \\ 17 15 \hline 16 {\em next} & {\em Simon M{\" u}ller} & {\em Minor update of \autoref{subsec:LBC_bdy_tides}} \\[2mm] 18 17 {\em 4.0} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 19 18 {\em 3.6} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ … … 160 159 161 160 %% ================================================================================================= 162 \section [Model domain boundary condition (\forcode{jperio})]{Model domain boundary condition (\protect\jp{jperio})}161 \section{Model domain boundary condition} 163 162 \label{sec:LBC_jperio} 164 163 … … 169 168 170 169 %% ================================================================================================= 171 \subsection [Closed, cyclic (\forcode{=0,1,2,7})]{Closed, cyclic (\protect\jp{jperio}\forcode{=0,1,2,7})}170 \subsection{Closed, cyclic (\forcode{l_Iperio,l_jperio})} 172 171 \label{subsec:LBC_jperio012} 173 172 174 173 The choice of closed or cyclic model domain boundary condition is made by 175 setting \ jp{jperio} to 0, 1, 2 or 7in namelist \nam{cfg}{cfg}.174 setting \forcode{l_Iperio,l_jperio} to true or false in namelist \nam{cfg}{cfg}. 176 175 Each time such a boundary condition is needed, it is set by a call to routine \mdl{lbclnk}. 177 176 The computation of momentum and tracer trends proceeds from $i=2$ to $i=jpi-1$ and from $j=2$ to $j=jpj-1$, … … 182 181 \begin{description} 183 182 184 \item [For closed boundary (\ jp{jperio}\forcode{=0})], solid walls are imposed at all model boundaries:183 \item [For closed boundary (\forcode{l_Iperio = .false.,l_jperio = .false.})], solid walls are imposed at all model boundaries: 185 184 first and last rows and columns are set to zero. 186 185 187 \item [For cyclic east-west boundary (\ jp{jperio}\forcode{=1})], first and last rows are set to zero (closed) whilst the first column is set to186 \item [For cyclic east-west boundary (\forcode{l_Iperio = .true.,l_jperio = .false.})], first and last rows are set to zero (closed) whilst the first column is set to 188 187 the value of the last-but-one column and the last column to the value of the second one 189 188 (\autoref{fig:LBC_jperio}-a). 190 189 Whatever flows out of the eastern (western) end of the basin enters the western (eastern) end. 191 190 192 \item [For cyclic north-south boundary (\ jp{jperio}\forcode{=2})], first and last columns are set to zero (closed) whilst the first row is set to191 \item [For cyclic north-south boundary (\forcode{l_Iperio = .false.,l_jperio = .true.})], first and last columns are set to zero (closed) whilst the first row is set to 193 192 the value of the last-but-one row and the last row to the value of the second one 194 193 (\autoref{fig:LBC_jperio}-a). 195 194 Whatever flows out of the northern (southern) end of the basin enters the southern (northern) end. 196 195 197 \item [Bi-cyclic east-west and north-south boundary (\ jp{jperio}\forcode{=7})] combines cases 1 and 2.196 \item [Bi-cyclic east-west and north-south boundary (\forcode{l_Iperio = .true.,l_jperio = .true.})] combines cases 1 and 2. 198 197 199 198 \end{description} … … 208 207 209 208 %% ================================================================================================= 210 \subsection [North-fold (\forcode{=3,6})]{North-fold (\protect\jp{jperio}\forcode{=3,6})}209 \subsection{North-fold (\forcode{l_NFold = .true.})} 211 210 \label{subsec:LBC_north_fold} 212 211 … … 221 220 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LBC_North_Fold_T} 222 221 \caption[North fold boundary in ORCA 2\deg, 1/4\deg and 1/12\deg]{ 223 North fold boundary with a $T$-point pivot and cyclic east-west boundary condition ($ jperio=4$),222 North fold boundary with a $T$-point pivot and cyclic east-west boundary condition ($c\_NFtype='T'$), 224 223 as used in ORCA 2\deg, 1/4\deg and 1/12\deg. 225 224 Pink shaded area corresponds to the inner domain mask (see text).} … … 287 286 Each processor is independent and without message passing or synchronous process, programs run alone and access just its own local memory. 288 287 For this reason, 289 the main model dimensions are now the local dimensions of the subdomain (pencil) that are named \ jp{jpi}, \jp{jpj}, \jp{jpk}.288 the main model dimensions are now the local dimensions of the subdomain (pencil) that are named \texttt{jpi}, \texttt{jpj}, \texttt{jpk}. 290 289 These dimensions include the internal domain and the overlapping rows. 291 The number of rows to exchange (known as the halo) is usually set to one ( nn\_hls=1, in \mdl{par\_oce},290 The number of rows to exchange (known as the halo) is usually set to one (\forcode{nn_hls=1}, in \mdl{par\_oce}, 292 291 and must be kept to one until further notice). 293 The whole domain dimensions are named \ jp{jpiglo}, \jp{jpjglo} and \jp{jpk}.292 The whole domain dimensions are named \texttt{jpiglo}, \texttt{jpjglo} and \texttt{jpk}. 294 293 The relationship between the whole domain and a sub-domain is: 295 294 \begin{gather*} … … 298 297 \end{gather*} 299 298 300 One also defines variables nldi and nlei which correspond to the internal domain bounds, and the variables nimpp and njmpp which are the position of the (1,1) grid-point in the global domain (\autoref{fig:LBC_mpp}). Note that since the version 4, there is no more extra-halo area as defined in \autoref{fig:LBC_mpp} so \ jp{jpi} is now always equal to nlci and \jp{jpj} equal to nlcj.299 One also defines variables nldi and nlei which correspond to the internal domain bounds, and the variables nimpp and njmpp which are the position of the (1,1) grid-point in the global domain (\autoref{fig:LBC_mpp}). Note that since the version 4, there is no more extra-halo area as defined in \autoref{fig:LBC_mpp} so \texttt{jpi} is now always equal to nlci and \texttt{jpj} equal to nlcj. 301 300 302 301 An element of $T_{l}$, a local array (subdomain) corresponds to an element of $T_{g}$, … … 308 307 with $1 \leq i \leq jpi$, $1 \leq j \leq jpj $ , and $1 \leq k \leq jpk$. 309 308 310 The 1-d arrays $mig(1:\ jp{jpi})$ and $mjg(1:\jp{jpj})$, defined in \rou{dom\_glo} routine (\mdl{domain} module), should be used to get global domain indices from local domain indices. The 1-d arrays, $mi0(1:\jp{jpiglo})$, $mi1(1:\jp{jpiglo})$ and $mj0(1:\jp{jpjglo})$, $mj1(1:\jp{jpjglo})$ have the reverse purpose and should be used to define loop indices expressed in global domain indices (see examples in \mdl{dtastd} module).\\309 The 1-d arrays $mig(1:\texttt{jpi})$ and $mjg(1:\texttt{jpj})$, defined in \rou{dom\_glo} routine (\mdl{domain} module), should be used to get global domain indices from local domain indices. The 1-d arrays, $mi0(1:\texttt{jpiglo})$, $mi1(1:\texttt{jpiglo})$ and $mj0(1:\texttt{jpjglo})$, $mj1(1:\texttt{jpjglo})$ have the reverse purpose and should be used to define loop indices expressed in global domain indices (see examples in \mdl{dtastd} module).\\ 311 310 312 311 The \NEMO\ model computes equation terms with the help of mask arrays (0 on land points and 1 on sea points). It is therefore possible that an MPI subdomain contains only land points. To save ressources, we try to supress from the computational domain as much land subdomains as possible. For example if $N_{mpi}$ processes are allocated to NEMO, the domain decomposition will be given by the following equation: … … 357 356 358 357 The BDY module was modelled on the OBC module (see \NEMO\ 3.4) and shares many features and 359 a similar coding structure \citep{chanut_ rpt05}.358 a similar coding structure \citep{chanut_trpt05}. 360 359 The specification of the location of the open boundary is completely flexible and 361 360 allows any type of setup, from regular boundaries to irregular contour (it includes the possibility to set an open boundary able to follow an isobath). … … 371 370 The number of boundary sets is defined by \np{nb_bdy}{nb\_bdy}. 372 371 Each boundary set can be either defined as a series of straight line segments directly in the namelist 373 (\np[=.false.]{ln_coords_file}{ln\_coords\_file}, and a namelist block \ nam{bdy_index}{bdy\_index} must be included for each set) or read in from a file (\np[=.true.]{ln_coords_file}{ln\_coords\_file}, and a ``\ifile{coordinates.bdy}'' file must be provided).374 The coordinates.bdy file is analagous to the usual \NEMO\ ``\ ifile{coordinates}'' file.372 (\np[=.false.]{ln_coords_file}{ln\_coords\_file}, and a namelist block \forcode{&nambdy_index} must be included for each set) or read in from a file (\np[=.true.]{ln_coords_file}{ln\_coords\_file}, and a ``\textit{coordinates.bdy.nc}'' file must be provided). 373 The coordinates.bdy file is analagous to the usual \NEMO\ ``\textit{coordinates.nc}'' file. 375 374 In the example above, there are two boundary sets, the first of which is defined via a file and 376 375 the second is defined in the namelist. … … 568 567 \autoref{fig:LBC_bdy_geom} shows an example of an irregular boundary. 569 568 570 The boundary geometry for each set may be defined in a namelist nambdy\_indexor571 by reading in a ``\ ifile{coordinates.bdy}'' file.572 The nambdy\_indexnamelist defines a series of straight-line segments for north, east, south and west boundaries.573 One nambdy\_indexnamelist block is needed for each boundary condition defined by indexes.569 The boundary geometry for each set may be defined in a namelist \forcode{&nambdy_index} or 570 by reading in a ``\textit{coordinates.bdy.nc}'' file. 571 The \forcode{&nambdy_index} namelist defines a series of straight-line segments for north, east, south and west boundaries. 572 One \forcode{&nambdy_index} namelist block is needed for each boundary condition defined by indexes. 574 573 For the northern boundary, \texttt{nbdysegn} gives the number of segments, 575 \ jp{jpjnob} gives the $j$ index for each segment and \jp{jpindt} and576 \ jp{jpinft} give the start and end $i$ indices for each segment with similar for the other boundaries.574 \texttt{jpjnob} gives the $j$ index for each segment and \texttt{jpindt} and 575 \texttt{jpinft} give the start and end $i$ indices for each segment with similar for the other boundaries. 577 576 These segments define a list of $T$ grid points along the outermost row of the boundary ($nbr\,=\, 1$). 578 577 The code deduces the $U$ and $V$ points and also the points for $nbr\,>\, 1$ if \np[>1]{nn_rimwidth}{nn\_rimwidth}. 579 578 580 The boundary geometry may also be defined from a ``\ ifile{coordinates.bdy}'' file.579 The boundary geometry may also be defined from a ``\textit{coordinates.bdy.nc}'' file. 581 580 \autoref{fig:LBC_nc_header} gives an example of the header information from such a file, based on the description of geometrical setup given above. 582 581 The file should contain the index arrays for each of the $T$, $U$ and $V$ grids. … … 632 631 \centering 633 632 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LBC_nc_header} 634 \caption[Header for a \ protect\ifile{coordinates.bdy} file]{635 Example of the header for a \ protect\ifile{coordinates.bdy} file}633 \caption[Header for a \textit{coordinates.bdy.nc} file]{ 634 Example of the header for a \textit{coordinates.bdy.nc} file} 636 635 \label{fig:LBC_nc_header} 637 636 \end{figure} … … 665 664 666 665 Tidal forcing at open boundaries requires the activation of surface 667 tides (i.e., in \nam{_tide}{\_tide}, \np{ln_tide}{ln\_tide} needs to be set to 668 \forcode{.true.} and the required constituents need to be activated by 669 including their names in the \np{clname}{clname} array; see 670 \autoref{sec:SBC_tide}). Specific options related to the reading in of 666 tides (i.e., in \nam{_tide}{\_tide}, \np[=.true.]{ln_tide}{ln\_tide} with the active tidal 667 constituents listed in the \np{sn_tide_cnames}{sn\_tide\_cnames} array; see 668 \autoref{sec:SBC_TDE}). The specific options related to the reading in of 671 669 the complex harmonic amplitudes of elevation (SSH) and barotropic 672 velocity (u,v) atopen boundaries are defined through the673 \nam{bdy_tide}{bdy\_tide} namelist parameters.\ \670 velocity components (u,v) at the open boundaries are defined through the 671 \nam{bdy_tide}{bdy\_tide} namelist parameters.\par 674 672 675 673 The tidal harmonic data at open boundaries can be specified in two 676 674 different ways, either on a two-dimensional grid covering the entire 677 675 model domain or along open boundary segments; these two variants can 678 be selected by setting \np{ln_bdytide_2ddta }{ln\_bdytide\_2ddta } to \forcode{.true.} or 679 \forcode{.false.}, respectively. In either case, the real and 680 imaginary parts of SSH and the two barotropic velocity components for 681 each activated tidal constituent \textit{tcname} have to be provided 682 separately: when two-dimensional data is used, variables 683 \textit{tcname\_z1} and \textit{tcname\_z2} for real and imaginary SSH, 684 respectively, are expected in input file \np{filtide}{filtide} with suffix 685 \ifile{\_grid\_T}, variables \textit{tcname\_u1} and 686 \textit{tcname\_u2} for real and imaginary u, respectively, are 687 expected in input file \np{filtide}{filtide} with suffix \ifile{\_grid\_U}, and 688 \textit{tcname\_v1} and \textit{tcname\_v2} for real and imaginary v, 689 respectively, are expected in input file \np{filtide}{filtide} with suffix 690 \ifile{\_grid\_V}; when data along open boundary segments is used, 691 variables \textit{z1} and \textit{z2} (real and imaginary part of SSH) 692 are expected to be available from file \np{filtide}{filtide} with suffix 693 \ifile{tcname\_grid\_T}, variables \textit{u1} and \textit{u2} (real 694 and imaginary part of u) are expected to be available from file 695 \np{filtide}{filtide} with suffix \ifile{tcname\_grid\_U}, and variables 696 \textit{v1} and \textit{v2} (real and imaginary part of v) are 697 expected to be available from file \np{filtide}{filtide} with suffix 698 \ifile{tcname\_grid\_V}. If \np{ln_bdytide_conj}{ln\_bdytide\_conj} is set to 699 \forcode{.true.}, the data is expected to be in complex conjugate 700 form. 676 be selected by setting \np[=.true.]{ln_bdytide_2ddta}{ln\_bdytide\_2ddta} or 677 \np[=.false.]{ln_bdytide_2ddta}{ln\_bdytide\_2ddta}, respectively. In either 678 case, the real and imaginary parts of SSH, u, and v amplitudes associated with 679 each activated tidal constituent \texttt{<constituent>} have to be provided 680 separately as fields in input files with names based on 681 \np[=<input>]{filtide}{filtide}: when two-dimensional data is used, variables 682 \texttt{<constituent>\_z1} and \texttt{<constituent>\_z2} for the real and imaginary parts of 683 SSH, respectively, are expected to be available in file 684 \textit{<input>\_grid\_T.nc}, variables \texttt{<constituent>\_u1} and 685 \texttt{<constituent>\_u2} for the real and imaginary parts of u, respectively, in file 686 \textit{<input>\_grid\_U.nc}, and \texttt{<constituent>\_v1} and 687 \texttt{<constituent>\_v2} for the real and imaginary parts of v, respectively, in file 688 \textit{<input>\_grid\_V.nc}; when data along open boundary segments is used, 689 variables \texttt{z1} and \texttt{z2} (real and imaginary part of SSH) are 690 expected to be available in file \textit{<input><constituent>\_grid\_T.nc}, 691 variables \texttt{u1} and \texttt{u2} (real and imaginary part of u) in file 692 \textit{<input><constituent>\_grid\_U.nc}, and variables \texttt{v1} and \texttt{v2} 693 (real and imaginary part of v) in file 694 \textit{<input><constituent>\_grid\_V.nc}.\par 701 695 702 696 Note that the barotropic velocity components are assumed to be defined -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_LDF.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Lateral Ocean Physics (LDF)} 6 6 \label{chap:LDF} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc … … 418 416 \subsection[Deformation rate dependent viscosities (\forcode{nn_ahm_ijk_t=32})]{Deformation rate dependent viscosities (\protect\np[=32]{nn_ahm_ijk_t}{nn\_ahm\_ijk\_t})} 419 417 420 This option refers to the \citep{smagorinsky_MW 63} scheme which is here implemented for momentum only. Smagorinsky chose as a418 This option refers to the \citep{smagorinsky_MWR63} scheme which is here implemented for momentum only. Smagorinsky chose as a 421 419 characteristic time scale $T_{smag}$ the deformation rate and for the lengthscale $L_{smag}$ the maximum wavenumber possible on the horizontal grid, e.g.: 422 420 … … 540 538 \end{listing} 541 539 542 If \np[=.true.]{ln_mle}{ln\_mle} in \nam{tra_mle}{tra\_mle} namelist, a parameterization of the mixing due to unresolved mixed layer instabilities is activated (\citet{fox kemper.ferrari_JPO08}). Additional transport is computed in \rou{ldf\_mle\_trp} and added to the eulerian transport in \rou{tra\_adv} as done for eddy induced advection.540 If \np[=.true.]{ln_mle}{ln\_mle} in \nam{tra_mle}{tra\_mle} namelist, a parameterization of the mixing due to unresolved mixed layer instabilities is activated (\citet{fox-kemper.ferrari.ea_JPO08}). Additional transport is computed in \rou{ldf\_mle\_trp} and added to the eulerian transport in \rou{tra\_adv} as done for eddy induced advection. 543 541 544 542 \colorbox{yellow}{TBC} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_OBS.tex
r11708 r14789 14 14 % {\em --\texttt{"}--} & {\em ... K. Mogensen, A. Vidard, A. Weaver} & {\em ---\texttt{"}---} \\ 15 15 %\end{tabular} 16 17 \thispagestyle{plain}18 16 19 17 \chaptertoc … … 420 418 421 419 To use Sea Level Anomaly (SLA) data the mean dynamic topography (MDT) must be provided in a separate file defined on 422 the model grid called \ ifile{slaReferenceLevel}.420 the model grid called \textit{slaReferenceLevel.nc}. 423 421 The MDT is required in order to produce the model equivalent sea level anomaly from the model sea surface height. 424 422 Below is an example header for this file (on the ORCA025 grid). … … 892 890 \subsubsection{Running} 893 891 894 The simplest way to use the executable is to edit and append the \ textbf{sao.nml} namelist to892 The simplest way to use the executable is to edit and append the \nam{sao}{sao} namelist to 895 893 a full \NEMO\ namelist and then to run the executable as if it were nemo.exe. 896 894 … … 914 912 For example, to read the second time counter from a single file the namelist would be. 915 913 916 \begin{forlines} 914 \begin{listing} 915 \begin{forlines} 917 916 !---------------------------------------------------------------------- 918 917 ! namsao Standalone obs_oper namelist … … 924 923 nn_sao_idx = 2 925 924 / 926 \end{forlines} 925 \end{forlines} 926 \caption{\forcode{&namsao}} 927 \label{lst:namsao} 928 \end{listing} 927 929 928 930 %% ================================================================================================= … … 1119 1121 To plot some data run IDL and then: 1120 1122 1121 \begin{ minted}{idl}1123 \begin{verbatim} 1122 1124 IDL> dataplot, "filename" 1123 \end{ minted}1125 \end{verbatim} 1124 1126 1125 1127 To read multiple files into dataplot, … … 1127 1129 the easiest method is to use the spawn command to generate a list of files which can then be passed to dataplot. 1128 1130 1129 \begin{ minted}{idl}1131 \begin{verbatim} 1130 1132 IDL> spawn, 'ls profb*.nc', files 1131 1133 IDL> dataplot, files 1132 \end{ minted}1134 \end{verbatim} 1133 1135 1134 1136 \autoref{fig:OBS_dataplotmain} shows the main window which is launched when dataplot starts. -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_SBC.tex
r13165 r14789 1 1 \documentclass[../main/NEMO_manual]{subfiles} 2 \usepackage{fontspec}3 \usepackage{fontawesome}4 2 5 3 \begin{document} 6 4 7 \chapter{Surface Boundary Condition (SBC, SAS, ISF, ICB )}5 \chapter{Surface Boundary Condition (SBC, SAS, ISF, ICB, TDE)} 8 6 \label{chap:SBC} 9 10 \thispagestyle{plain}11 7 12 8 \chaptertoc … … 18 14 Release & Author(s) & Modifications \\ 19 15 \hline 16 {\em next} & {\em Simon M{\" u}ller} & {\em Update of \autoref{sec:SBC_TDE}; revision of \autoref{subsec:SBC_fwb}}\\[2mm] 17 {\em next} & {\em Pierre Mathiot} & {\em update of the ice shelf section (2019 developments)}\\[2mm] 20 18 {\em 4.0} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 21 19 {\em 3.6} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ … … 75 73 (\np[=0..3]{nn_ice}{nn\_ice}), 76 74 \item the addition of river runoffs as surface freshwater fluxes or lateral inflow (\np[=.true.]{ln_rnf}{ln\_rnf}), 77 \item the addition of ice-shelf melting as lateral inflow (parameterisation) or78 as fluxes applied at the land-ice ocean interface (\np[=.true.]{ln_isf}{ln\_isf}),79 75 \item the addition of a freshwater flux adjustment in order to avoid a mean sea-level drift 80 76 (\np[=0..2]{nn_fwb}{nn\_fwb}), … … 100 96 One of these is modification by icebergs (see \autoref{sec:SBC_ICB_icebergs}), 101 97 which act as drifting sources of fresh water. 102 Another example of modification is that due to the ice shelf melting/freezing (see \autoref{sec:SBC_isf}),103 which provides additional sources of fresh water.104 98 105 99 %% ================================================================================================= … … 525 519 See \autoref{subsec:SBC_ssr} for its specification. 526 520 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 %% ================================================================================================= 534 \pagebreak 535 \newpage 521 %% ================================================================================================= 536 522 \section[Bulk formulation (\textit{sbcblk.F90})]{Bulk formulation (\protect\mdl{sbcblk})} 537 523 \label{sec:SBC_blk} … … 557 543 558 544 Note: all the NEMO Fortran routines involved in the present section have been 559 560 the \href{https://brodeau.github.io/aerobulk/}{\texttt{AeroBulk}} open-source project561 \citep{brodeau.barnier.ea_JPO1 7}.545 initially developed (and are still developed in parallel) in 546 the \href{https://brodeau.github.io/aerobulk}{\texttt{AeroBulk}} open-source project 547 \citep{brodeau.barnier.ea_JPO16}. 562 548 563 549 %%% Bulk formulae are this: 564 \subsection{Bulk formulae}\label{subsec:SBC_blkform} 565 % 550 \subsection{Bulk formulae} 551 \label{subsec:SBC_blkform} 552 566 553 In NEMO, the set of equations that relate each component of the surface fluxes 567 554 to the near-surface atmosphere and sea surface states writes 568 % 569 \begin{subequations}\label{eq_bulk} 555 556 \begin{subequations} 557 \label{eq:SBC_bulk} 570 558 \label{eq:SBC_bulk_form} 571 \begin{eqnarray} 572 \mathbf{\tau} &=& \rho~ C_D ~ \mathbf{U}_z ~ U_B \\ 573 Q_H &=& \rho~C_H~C_P~\big[ \theta_z - T_s \big] ~ U_B \\ 574 E &=& \rho~C_E ~\big[ q_s - q_z \big] ~ U_B \\ 575 Q_L &=& -L_v \, E \\ 576 % 577 Q_{sr} &=& (1 - a) Q_{sw\downarrow} \\ 578 Q_{ir} &=& \delta (Q_{lw\downarrow} -\sigma T_s^4) 579 \end{eqnarray} 559 \begin{align} 560 \mathbf{\tau} &= \rho~ C_D ~ \mathbf{U}_z ~ U_B \\ 561 Q_H &= \rho~C_H~C_P~\big[ \theta_z - T_s \big] ~ U_B \\ 562 E &= \rho~C_E ~\big[ q_s - q_z \big] ~ U_B \\ 563 Q_L &= -L_v \, E \\ 564 Q_{sr} &= (1 - a) Q_{sw\downarrow} \\ 565 Q_{ir} &= \delta (Q_{lw\downarrow} -\sigma T_s^4) 566 \end{align} 580 567 \end{subequations} 581 % 568 582 569 with 583 570 \[ \theta_z \simeq T_z+\gamma z \] 584 571 \[ q_s \simeq 0.98\,q_{sat}(T_s,p_a ) \] 585 %586 572 from which, the the non-solar heat flux is \[ Q_{ns} = Q_L + Q_H + Q_{ir} \] 587 %588 573 where $\mathbf{\tau}$ is the wind stress vector, $Q_H$ the sensible heat flux, 589 574 $E$ the evaporation, $Q_L$ the latent heat flux, and $Q_{ir}$ the net longwave 590 575 flux. 591 %592 576 $Q_{sw\downarrow}$ and $Q_{lw\downarrow}$ are the surface downwelling shortwave 593 577 and longwave radiative fluxes, respectively. 594 %595 578 Note: a positive sign for $\mathbf{\tau}$, $Q_H$, $Q_L$, $Q_{sr}$ or $Q_{ir}$ 596 579 implies a gain of the relevant quantity for the ocean, while a positive $E$ 597 580 implies a freshwater loss for the ocean. 598 %599 581 $\rho$ is the density of air. $C_D$, $C_H$ and $C_E$ are the bulk transfer 600 582 coefficients for momentum, sensible heat, and moisture, respectively. 601 %602 583 $C_P$ is the heat capacity of moist air, and $L_v$ is the latent heat of 603 584 vaporization of water. 604 %605 585 $\theta_z$, $T_z$ and $q_z$ are the potential temperature, absolute temperature, 606 586 and specific humidity of air at height $z$ above the sea surface, 607 587 respectively. $\gamma z$ is a temperature correction term which accounts for the 608 588 adiabatic lapse rate and approximates the potential temperature at height 609 $z$ \citep{josey.gulev.ea_2013}. 610 % 589 $z$ \citep{josey.gulev.ea_OCC13}. 611 590 $\mathbf{U}_z$ is the wind speed vector at height $z$ above the sea surface 612 (possibly referenced to the surface current $\mathbf{u_0}$, 613 section \ref{s_res1}.\ref{ss_current}). 614 % 591 (possibly referenced to the surface current $\mathbf{u_0}$).%, 592 %\autoref{s_res1}.\autoref{ss_current}). %% Undefined references 615 593 The bulk scalar wind speed, namely $U_B$, is the scalar wind speed, 616 594 $|\mathbf{U}_z|$, with the potential inclusion of a gustiness contribution. 617 %618 595 $a$ and $\delta$ are the albedo and emissivity of the sea surface, respectively.\\ 619 %620 596 %$p_a$ is the mean sea-level pressure (SLP). 621 %622 597 $T_s$ is the sea surface temperature. $q_s$ is the saturation specific humidity 623 598 of air at temperature $T_s$; it includes a 2\% reduction to account for the 624 presence of salt in seawater \citep{sverdrup.johnson.ea_ 1942,kraus.businger_QJRMS96}.599 presence of salt in seawater \citep{sverdrup.johnson.ea_bk42,kraus.businger_QJRMS96}. 625 600 Depending on the bulk parametrization used, $T_s$ can either be the temperature 626 601 at the air-sea interface (skin temperature, hereafter SSST) or at typically a 627 602 few tens of centimeters below the surface (bulk sea surface temperature, 628 603 hereafter SST). 629 %630 604 The SSST differs from the SST due to the contributions of two effects of 631 605 opposite sign, the \emph{cool skin} and \emph{warm layer} (hereafter CS and WL, 632 respectively, see section\,\ref{subsec:SBC_skin}). 633 % 606 respectively, see \autoref{subsec:SBC_skin}). 634 607 Technically, when the ECMWF or COARE* bulk parametrizations are selected 635 608 (\np[=.true.]{ln_ECMWF}{ln\_ECMWF} or \np[=.true.]{ln_COARE*}{ln\_COARE\*}), … … 639 612 640 613 For more details on all these aspects the reader is invited to refer 641 to \citet{brodeau.barnier.ea_JPO17}. 642 643 644 645 \subsection{Bulk parametrizations}\label{subsec:SBC_blk_ocean} 614 to \citet{brodeau.barnier.ea_JPO16}. 615 616 \subsection{Bulk parametrizations} 617 \label{subsec:SBC_blk_ocean} 646 618 %%%\label{subsec:SBC_param} 647 619 … … 653 625 height (from \np{rn_zqt}{rn\_zqt} to \np{rn_zu}{rn\_zu}). 654 626 655 656 657 627 For the open ocean, four bulk parametrization algorithms are available in NEMO: 628 658 629 \begin{itemize} 659 \item NCAR, formerly known as CORE, \citep{large.yeager_ rpt04,large.yeager_CD09}630 \item NCAR, formerly known as CORE, \citep{large.yeager_trpt04,large.yeager_CD09} 660 631 \item COARE 3.0 \citep{fairall.bradley.ea_JC03} 661 632 \item COARE 3.6 \citep{edson.jampana.ea_JPO13} … … 663 634 \end{itemize} 664 635 665 666 636 With respect to version 3, the principal advances in version 3.6 of the COARE 667 637 bulk parametrization are built around improvements in the representation of the 668 638 effects of waves on 669 fluxes \citep{edson.jampana.ea_JPO13,brodeau.barnier.ea_JPO1 7}. This includes639 fluxes \citep{edson.jampana.ea_JPO13,brodeau.barnier.ea_JPO16}. This includes 670 640 improved relationships of surface roughness, and whitecap fraction on wave 671 641 parameters. It is therefore recommended to chose version 3.6 over 3. 672 642 673 674 675 676 \subsection{Cool-skin and warm-layer parametrizations}\label{subsec:SBC_skin} 677 %\subsection[Cool-skin and warm-layer parameterizations 678 %(\forcode{ln_skin_cs} \& \forcode{ln_skin_wl})]{Cool-skin and warm-layer parameterizations (\protect\np{ln_skin_cs}{ln\_skin\_cs} \& \np{ln_skin_wl}{ln\_skin\_wl})} 679 %\label{subsec:SBC_skin} 680 % 643 \subsection[Cool-skin and warm-layer parameterizations ( \forcode{ln_skin_cs} \& \forcode{ln_skin_wl} )] 644 {Cool-skin and warm-layer parameterizations (\protect\np{ln_skin_cs}{ln\_skin\_cs} \& \np{ln_skin_wl}{ln\_skin\_wl})} 645 \label{subsec:SBC_skin} 646 681 647 As opposed to the NCAR bulk parametrization, more advanced bulk 682 648 parametrizations such as COARE3.x and ECMWF are meant to be used with the skin 683 649 temperature $T_s$ rather than the bulk SST (which, in NEMO is the temperature at 684 the first T-point level, see section\,\ref{subsec:SBC_blkform}).685 % 650 the first T-point level, see \autoref{subsec:SBC_blkform}). 651 686 652 As such, the relevant cool-skin and warm-layer parametrization must be 687 653 activated through \np[=T]{ln_skin_cs}{ln\_skin\_cs} … … 692 658 693 659 For the cool-skin scheme parametrization COARE and ECMWF algorithms share the same 694 basis: \citet{fairall.bradley.ea_JGR 96}. With some minor updates based695 on \citet{zeng.beljaars_GRL05} for ECMWF , and \citet{fairall.ea_19} for COARE660 basis: \citet{fairall.bradley.ea_JGRO96}. With some minor updates based 661 on \citet{zeng.beljaars_GRL05} for ECMWF \iffalse, and \citet{fairall.ea_19?} for COARE \fi 696 662 3.6. 697 663 … … 700 666 turbulence input from Langmuir circulation). 701 667 702 Importantly, COARE warm-layer scheme \ citep{fairall.ea_19}includes a prognostic668 Importantly, COARE warm-layer scheme \iffalse \citep{fairall.ea_19?} \fi includes a prognostic 703 669 equation for the thickness of the warm-layer, while it is considered as constant 704 670 in the ECWMF algorithm. 705 706 671 707 672 \subsection{Appropriate use of each bulk parametrization} … … 713 678 temperature is the bulk SST. Hence the following namelist parameters must be 714 679 set: 715 % 716 \begin{ verbatim}680 681 \begin{forlines} 717 682 ... 718 683 ln_NCAR = .true. … … 725 690 ... 726 691 ln_humi_sph = .true. ! humidity "sn_humi" is specific humidity [kg/kg] 727 \end{verbatim} 728 692 \end{forlines} 729 693 730 694 \subsubsection{ECMWF} 731 % 695 732 696 With an atmospheric forcing based on a reanalysis of the ECMWF, such as the 733 697 Drakkar Forcing Set \citep{brodeau.barnier.ea_OM10}, we strongly recommend to … … 736 700 humidity are provided at the 2\,m height, and given that the humidity is 737 701 distributed as the dew-point temperature, the namelist must be tuned as follows: 738 % 739 \begin{ verbatim}702 703 \begin{forlines} 740 704 ... 741 705 ln_ECMWF = .true. … … 749 713 ln_humi_dpt = .true. ! humidity "sn_humi" is dew-point temperature [K] 750 714 ... 751 \end{ verbatim}752 % 715 \end{forlines} 716 753 717 Note: when \np{ln_ECMWF}{ln\_ECMWF} is selected, the selection 754 718 of \np{ln_skin_cs}{ln\_skin\_cs} and \np{ln_skin_wl}{ln\_skin\_wl} implicitly … … 756 720 respectively (found in \textit{sbcblk\_skin\_ecmwf.F90}). 757 721 758 759 722 \subsubsection{COARE 3.x} 760 % 723 761 724 Since the ECMWF parametrization is largely based on the COARE* parametrization, 762 725 the two algorithms are very similar in terms of structure and closure 763 726 approach. As such, the namelist tuning for COARE 3.x is identical to that of 764 727 ECMWF: 765 % 766 \begin{ verbatim}728 729 \begin{forlines} 767 730 ... 768 731 ln_COARE3p6 = .true. … … 771 734 ln_skin_wl = .true. ! use the warm-layer parameterization 772 735 ... 773 \end{ verbatim}736 \end{forlines} 774 737 775 738 Note: when \np[=T]{ln_COARE3p0}{ln\_COARE3p0} is selected, the selection … … 778 741 respectively (found in \textit{sbcblk\_skin\_coare.F90}). 779 742 780 781 743 %lulu 782 783 784 744 785 745 % In a typical bulk algorithm, the BTCs under neutral stability conditions are … … 791 751 % and $q_z$. 792 752 793 794 795 753 \subsection{Prescribed near-surface atmospheric state} 796 754 … … 799 757 different bulk formulae are used for the turbulent fluxes computation over the 800 758 ocean and over sea-ice surface. 801 %802 759 803 760 %The choice is made by setting to true one of the following namelist … … 861 818 the namsbc\_blk namelist (see \autoref{subsec:SBC_fldread}). 862 819 863 864 820 \subsubsection{Air humidity} 865 821 … … 867 823 [kg/kg], relative humidity [\%], or dew-point temperature [K] (LINK to namelist 868 824 parameters)... 869 870 871 ~\\872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 825 882 826 %% ================================================================================================= … … 888 832 %their neutral transfer coefficients relationships with neutral wind. 889 833 %\begin{itemize} 890 %\item NCAR (\np[=.true.]{ln_NCAR}{ln\_NCAR}): The NCAR bulk formulae have been developed by \citet{large.yeager_ rpt04}.834 %\item NCAR (\np[=.true.]{ln_NCAR}{ln\_NCAR}): The NCAR bulk formulae have been developed by \citet{large.yeager_trpt04}. 891 835 % They have been designed to handle the NCAR forcing, a mixture of NCEP reanalysis and satellite data. 892 836 % They use an inertial dissipative method to compute the turbulent transfer coefficients 893 837 % (momentum, sensible heat and evaporation) from the 10m wind speed, air temperature and specific humidity. 894 % This \citet{large.yeager_ rpt04} dataset is available through838 % This \citet{large.yeager_trpt04} dataset is available through 895 839 % the \href{http://nomads.gfdl.noaa.gov/nomads/forms/mom4/NCAR.html}{GFDL web site}. 896 840 % Note that substituting ERA40 to NCEP reanalysis fields does not require changes in the bulk formulea themself. … … 907 851 \label{subsec:SBC_blk_ice} 908 852 909 910 853 \texttt{\#out\_of\_place:} 911 854 For sea-ice, three possibilities can be selected: 912 855 a constant transfer coefficient (1.4e-3; default 913 value), \citet{lupkes.gryanik.ea_JGR 12} (\np{ln_Cd_L12}{ln\_Cd\_L12}),856 value), \citet{lupkes.gryanik.ea_JGRA12} (\np{ln_Cd_L12}{ln\_Cd\_L12}), 914 857 and \citet{lupkes.gryanik_JGR15} (\np{ln_Cd_L15}{ln\_Cd\_L15}) parameterizations 915 858 \texttt{\#out\_of\_place.} 916 859 917 918 919 920 860 Surface turbulent fluxes between sea-ice and the atmosphere can be computed in three different ways: 921 861 922 862 \begin{itemize} 923 \item Constant value (\ np[ Cd_ice=1.4e-3 ]{constant value}{constant\ value}):863 \item Constant value (\forcode{Cd_ice=1.4e-3}): 924 864 default constant value used for momentum and heat neutral transfer coefficients 925 \item \citet{lupkes.gryanik.ea_JGR 12} (\np[=.true.]{ln_Cd_L12}{ln\_Cd\_L12}):865 \item \citet{lupkes.gryanik.ea_JGRA12} (\np[=.true.]{ln_Cd_L12}{ln\_Cd\_L12}): 926 866 This scheme adds a dependency on edges at leads, melt ponds and flows 927 867 of the constant neutral air-ice drag. After some approximations, … … 1013 953 1014 954 %% ================================================================================================= 1015 \section [Surface tides (\textit{sbctide.F90})]{Surface tides (\protect\mdl{sbctide})}1016 \label{sec:SBC_ tide}955 \section{Surface tides (TDE)} 956 \label{sec:SBC_TDE} 1017 957 1018 958 \begin{listing} … … 1022 962 \end{listing} 1023 963 1024 The tidal forcing, generated by the gravity forces of the Earth-Moon and Earth-Sun sytems, 1025 is activated if \np{ln_tide}{ln\_tide} and \np{ln_tide_pot}{ln\_tide\_pot} are both set to \forcode{.true.} in \nam{_tide}{\_tide}. 1026 This translates as an additional barotropic force in the momentum \autoref{eq:MB_PE_dyn} such that: 964 \subsection{Tidal constituents} 965 Ocean model component TDE provides the common functionality for tidal forcing 966 and tidal analysis in the model framework. This includes the computation of the gravitational 967 surface forcing, as well as support for lateral forcing at open boundaries (see 968 \autoref{subsec:LBC_bdy_tides}) and tidal harmonic analysis \iffalse (see 969 \autoref{subsec:DIA_diamlr?} and \autoref{subsec:DIA_diadetide?}) \fi . The module is 970 activated with \np[=.true.]{ln_tide}{ln\_tide} in namelist 971 \nam{_tide}{\_tide}. It provides the same 34 tidal constituents that are 972 included in the 973 \href{https://www.aviso.altimetry.fr/en/data/products/auxiliary-products/global-tide-fes.html}{FES2014 974 ocean tide model}: Mf, Mm, Ssa, Mtm, Msf, Msqm, Sa, K1, O1, P1, Q1, J1, S1, 975 M2, S2, N2, K2, nu2, mu2, 2N2, L2, T2, eps2, lam2, R2, M3, MKS2, MN4, MS4, M4, 976 N4, S4, M6, and M8; see file \textit{tide.h90} and \mdl{tide\_mod} for further 977 information and references\footnote{As a legacy option \np{ln_tide_var}{ln\_tide\_var} can be 978 set to \forcode{0}, in which case the 19 tidal constituents (M2, N2, 2N2, S2, 979 K2, K1, O1, Q1, P1, M4, Mf, Mm, Msqm, Mtm, S1, MU2, NU2, L2, and T2; see file 980 \textit{tide.h90}) and associated parameters that have been available in NEMO version 981 4.0 and earlier are available}. Constituents to be included in the tidal forcing 982 (surface and lateral boundaries) are selected by enumerating their respective 983 names in namelist array \np{sn_tide_cnames}{sn\_tide\_cnames}.\par 984 985 \subsection{Surface tidal forcing} 986 Surface tidal forcing can be represented in the model through an additional 987 barotropic force in the momentum equation (\autoref{eq:MB_PE_dyn}) such that: 1027 988 \[ 1028 % \label{eq:SBC_PE_dyn_tides} 1029 \frac{\partial {\mathrm {\mathbf U}}_h }{\partial t}= ... 1030 +g\nabla (\Pi_{eq} + \Pi_{sal}) 989 \frac{\partial {\mathrm {\mathbf U}}_h }{\partial t} = \ldots +g\nabla (\gamma 990 \Pi_{eq} + \Pi_{sal}) 1031 991 \] 1032 where $\Pi_{eq}$ stands for the equilibrium tidal forcing and 1033 $\Pi_{sal}$ is a self-attraction and loading term (SAL). 1034 1035 The equilibrium tidal forcing is expressed as a sum over a subset of 1036 constituents chosen from the set of available tidal constituents 1037 defined in file \hf{SBC/tide} (this comprises the tidal 1038 constituents \textit{M2, N2, 2N2, S2, K2, K1, O1, Q1, P1, M4, Mf, Mm, 1039 Msqm, Mtm, S1, MU2, NU2, L2}, and \textit{T2}). Individual 1040 constituents are selected by including their names in the array 1041 \np{clname}{clname} in \nam{_tide}{\_tide} (e.g., \np{clname}{clname}\forcode{(1)='M2', } 1042 \np{clname}{clname}\forcode{(2)='S2'} to select solely the tidal consituents \textit{M2} 1043 and \textit{S2}). Optionally, when \np{ln_tide_ramp}{ln\_tide\_ramp} is set to 1044 \forcode{.true.}, the equilibrium tidal forcing can be ramped up 1045 linearly from zero during the initial \np{rdttideramp}{rdttideramp} days of the 1046 model run. 992 where $\gamma \Pi_{eq}$ stands for the equilibrium tidal forcing scaled by a spatially 993 uniform tilt factor $\gamma$, and $\Pi_{sal}$ is an optional 994 self-attraction and loading term (SAL). These additional terms are enabled when, 995 in addition to \np[=.true.]{ln_tide}{ln\_tide}), 996 \np[=.true.]{ln_tide_pot}{ln\_tide\_pot}.\par 997 998 The equilibrium tidal forcing is expressed as a sum over the subset of 999 constituents listed in \np{sn_tide_cnames}{sn\_tide\_cnames} of 1000 \nam{_tide} (e.g., 1001 \begin{forlines} 1002 sn_tide_cnames(1) = 'M2' 1003 sn_tide_cnames(2) = 'K1' 1004 sn_tide_cnames(3) = 'S2' 1005 sn_tide_cnames(4) = 'O1' 1006 \end{forlines} 1007 to select the four tidal constituents of strongest equilibrium tidal 1008 potential). The tidal tilt factor $\gamma = 1 + k - h$ includes the 1009 Love numbers $k$ and $h$ \citep{love_PRSL09}; this factor is 1010 configurable using \np{rn_tide_gamma}{rn\_tide\_gamma} (default value 0.7). Optionally, 1011 when \np[=.true.]{ln_tide_ramp}{ln\_tide\_ramp}, the equilibrium tidal 1012 forcing can be ramped up linearly from zero during the initial 1013 \np{rn_tide_ramp_dt}{rn\_tide\_ramp\_dt} days of the model run.\par 1047 1014 1048 1015 The SAL term should in principle be computed online as it depends on 1049 1016 the model tidal prediction itself (see \citet{arbic.garner.ea_DSR04} for a 1050 discussion about the practical implementation of this term). 1051 Nevertheless, the complex calculations involved would make this 1052 computationally too expensive. Here, two options are available: 1053 $\Pi_{sal}$ generated by an external model can be read in 1054 (\np[=.true.]{ln_read_load}{ln\_read\_load}), or a ``scalar approximation'' can be 1055 used (\np[=.true.]{ln_scal_load}{ln\_scal\_load}). In the latter case 1017 discussion about the practical implementation of this term). The complex 1018 calculations involved in such computations, however, are computationally very 1019 expensive. Here, two mutually exclusive simpler variants are available: 1020 amplitudes generated by an external model for oscillatory $\Pi_{sal}$ 1021 contributions from each of the selected tidal constituents can be read in 1022 (\np[=.true.]{ln_read_load}{ln\_read\_load}) from the file specified in 1023 \np{cn_tide_load}{cn\_tide\_load} (the variable names are comprised of the 1024 tidal-constituent name and suffixes \forcode{_z1} and \forcode{_z2} for the two 1025 orthogonal components, respectively); alternatively, a ``scalar approximation'' 1026 can be used (\np[=.true.]{ln_scal_load}{ln\_scal\_load}), where 1056 1027 \[ 1057 1028 \Pi_{sal} = \beta \eta, 1058 1029 \] 1059 where $\beta$ (\np{rn_scal_load}{rn\_scal\_load} with a default value of 0.094) is a 1060 spatially constant scalar, often chosen to minimize tidal prediction 1061 errors. Setting both \np{ln_read_load}{ln\_read\_load} and \np{ln_scal_load}{ln\_scal\_load} to 1062 \forcode{.false.} removes the SAL contribution. 1030 with a spatially uniform coefficient $\beta$, which can be configured 1031 via \np{rn_scal_load}{rn\_scal\_load} (default value 0.094) and is 1032 often tuned to minimize tidal prediction errors.\par 1033 1034 For diagnostic purposes, the forcing potential of the individual tidal 1035 constituents (incl. load ptential, if activated) and the total forcing 1036 potential (incl. load potential, if activated) can be made available 1037 as diagnostic output by setting 1038 \np[=.true.]{ln_tide_dia}{ln\_tide\_dia} (fields 1039 \forcode{tide_pot_<constituent>} and \forcode{tide_pot}).\par 1063 1040 1064 1041 %% ================================================================================================= … … 1201 1178 1202 1179 %% ================================================================================================= 1203 \section[Ice shelf melting (\textit{sbcisf.F90})]{Ice shelf melting (\protect\mdl{sbcisf})}1180 \section[Ice Shelf (ISF)]{Interaction with ice shelves (ISF)} 1204 1181 \label{sec:SBC_isf} 1205 1182 1206 1183 \begin{listing} 1207 \nlst{nam sbc_isf}1208 \caption{\forcode{&nam sbc_isf}}1209 \label{lst:nam sbc_isf}1184 \nlst{namisf} 1185 \caption{\forcode{&namisf}} 1186 \label{lst:namisf} 1210 1187 \end{listing} 1211 1188 1212 The namelist variable in \nam{sbc}{sbc}, \np{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}, controls the ice shelf representation. 1213 Description and result of sensitivity test to \np{nn_isf}{nn\_isf} are presented in \citet{mathiot.jenkins.ea_GMD17}. 1214 The different options are illustrated in \autoref{fig:SBC_isf}. 1215 1189 The namelist variable in \nam{isf}{isf}, \np{ln_isf}{ln\_isf}, controls the ice shelf interactions: 1216 1190 \begin{description} 1217 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}}]: The ice shelf cavity is represented (\np[=.true.]{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav} needed). 1218 The fwf and heat flux are depending of the local water properties. 1219 1220 Two different bulk formulae are available: 1191 \item $\bullet$ representation of the ice shelf/ocean melting/freezing for opened cavity (cav, \np{ln_isfcav_mlt}{ln\_isfcav\_mlt}). 1192 \item $\bullet$ parametrisation of the ice shelf/ocean melting/freezing for closed cavities (par, \np{ln_isfpar_mlt}{ln\_isfpar\_mlt}). 1193 \item $\bullet$ coupling with an ice sheet model (\np{ln_isfcpl}{ln\_isfcpl}). 1194 \end{description} 1195 1196 \subsection{Ocean/Ice shelf fluxes in opened cavities} 1197 1198 \np{ln_isfcav_mlt}{ln\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = .true.} activates the ocean/ice shelf thermodynamics interactions at the ice shelf/ocean interface. 1199 If \np{ln_isfcav_mlt}{ln\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = .false.}, thermodynamics interactions are desctivated but the ocean dynamics inside the cavity is still active. 1200 The logical flag \np{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav} control whether or not the ice shelf cavities are closed. \np{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav} is not defined in the namelist but in the domcfg.nc input file.\\ 1201 1202 3 options are available to represent to ice-shelf/ocean fluxes at the interface: 1203 \begin{description} 1204 \item[\np{cn_isfcav_mlt}{cn\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = 'spe'}]: 1205 The fresh water flux is specified by a forcing fields \np{sn_isfcav_fwf}{sn\_isfcav\_fwf}. Convention of the input file is: positive toward the ocean (i.e. positive for melting and negative for freezing). 1206 The latent heat fluxes is derived from the fresh water flux. 1207 The heat content flux is derived from the fwf flux assuming a temperature set to the freezing point in the top boundary layer (\np{rn_htbl}{rn\_htbl}) 1208 1209 \item[\np{cn_isfcav_mlt}{cn\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = 'oasis'}]: 1210 The \forcode{'oasis'} is a prototype of what could be a method to spread precipitation on Antarctic ice sheet as ice shelf melt inside the cavity when a coupled model Atmosphere/Ocean is used. 1211 It has not been tested and therefore the model will stop if you try to use it. 1212 Actions will be undertake in 2020 to build a comprehensive interface to do so for Greenland, Antarctic and ice shelf (cav), ice shelf (par), icebergs, subglacial runoff and runoff. 1213 1214 \item[\np{cn_isfcav_mlt}{cn\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = '2eq'}]: 1215 The heat flux and the fresh water flux (negative for melting) resulting from ice shelf melting/freezing are parameterized following \citet{Grosfeld1997}. 1216 This formulation is based on a balance between the vertical diffusive heat flux across the ocean top boundary layer (\autoref{eq:ISOMIP1}) 1217 and the latent heat due to melting/freezing (\autoref{eq:ISOMIP2}): 1218 1219 \begin{equation} 1220 \label{eq:ISOMIP1} 1221 \mathcal{Q}_h = \rho c_p \gamma (T_w - T_f) 1222 \end{equation} 1223 \begin{equation} 1224 \label{eq:ISOMIP2} 1225 q = \frac{-\mathcal{Q}_h}{L_f} 1226 \end{equation} 1227 1228 where $\mathcal{Q}_h$($W.m^{-2}$) is the heat flux,q($kg.s^{-1}m^{-2}$) the fresh-water flux, 1229 $L_f$ the specific latent heat, $T_w$ the temperature averaged over a boundary layer below the ice shelf (explained below), 1230 $T_f$ the freezing point using the pressure at the ice shelf base and the salinity of the water in the boundary layer, 1231 and $\gamma$ the thermal exchange coefficient. 1232 1233 \item[\np{cn_isfcav_mlt}{cn\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = '3eq'}]: 1234 For realistic studies, the heat and freshwater fluxes are parameterized following \citep{Jenkins2001}. This formulation is based on three equations: 1235 a balance between the vertical diffusive heat flux across the boundary layer 1236 , the latent heat due to melting/freezing of ice and the vertical diffusive heat flux into the ice shelf (\autoref{eq:3eq1}); 1237 a balance between the vertical diffusive salt flux across the boundary layer and the salt source or sink represented by the melting/freezing (\autoref{eq:3eq2}); 1238 and a linear equation for the freezing temperature of sea water (\autoref{eq:3eq3}, detailed of the linearisation coefficient in \citet{AsayDavis2016}): 1239 1240 \begin{equation} 1241 \label{eq:3eq1} 1242 c_p \rho \gamma_T (T_w-T_b) = -L_f q - \rho_i c_{p,i} \kappa \frac{T_s - T_b}{h_{isf}} 1243 \end{equation} 1244 \begin{equation} 1245 \label{eq:3eq2} 1246 \rho \gamma_S (S_w - S_b) = (S_i - S_b)q 1247 \end{equation} 1248 \begin{equation} 1249 \label{eq:3eq3} 1250 T_b = \lambda_1 S_b + \lambda_2 +\lambda_3 z_{isf} 1251 \end{equation} 1252 1253 where $T_b$ is the temperature at the interface, $S_b$ the salinity at the interface, $\gamma_T$ and $\gamma_S$ the exchange coefficients for temperature and salt, respectively, 1254 $S_i$ the salinity of the ice (assumed to be 0), $h_{isf}$ the ice shelf thickness, $z_{isf}$ the ice shelf draft, $\rho_i$ the density of the iceshelf, 1255 $c_{p,i}$ the specific heat capacity of the ice, $\kappa$ the thermal diffusivity of the ice 1256 and $T_s$ the atmospheric surface temperature (at the ice/air interface, assumed to be -20C). 1257 The Liquidus slope ($\lambda_1$), the liquidus intercept ($\lambda_2$) and the Liquidus pressure coefficient ($\lambda_3$) 1258 for TEOS80 and TEOS10 are described in \citep{AsayDavis2016} and in \citep{Jourdain2017}. 1259 The linear system formed by \autoref{eq:3eq1}, \autoref{eq:3eq2} and the linearised equation for the freezing temperature of sea water (\autoref{eq:3eq3}) can be solved for $S_b$ or $T_b$. 1260 Afterward, the freshwater flux ($q$) and the heat flux ($\mathcal{Q}_h$) can be computed. 1261 1262 \end{description} 1263 1264 \begin{table}[h] 1265 \centering 1266 \caption{Description of the parameters hard coded into the ISF module} 1267 \label{tab:isf} 1268 \begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|} 1269 \hline 1270 Symbol & Description & Value & Unit \\ 1271 \hline 1272 $C_p$ & Ocean specific heat & 3992 & $J.kg^{-1}.K^{-1}$ \\ 1273 $L_f$ & Ice latent heat of fusion & $3.34 \times 10^5$ & $J.kg^{-1}$ \\ 1274 $C_{p,i}$ & Ice specific heat & 2000 & $J.kg^{-1}.K^{-1}$ \\ 1275 $\kappa$ & Heat diffusivity & $1.54 \times 10^{-6}$& $m^2.s^{-1}$ \\ 1276 $\rho_i$ & Ice density & 920 & $kg.m^3$ \\ 1277 \hline 1278 \end{tabular} 1279 \end{table} 1280 1281 Temperature and salinity used to compute the fluxes in \autoref{eq:ISOMIP1}, \autoref{eq:3eq1} and \autoref{eq:3eq2} are the average temperature in the top boundary layer \citep{losch_JGR08}. 1282 Its thickness is defined by \np{rn_htbl}{rn\_htbl}. 1283 The fluxes and friction velocity are computed using the mean temperature, salinity and velocity in the first \np{rn_htbl}{rn\_htbl} m. 1284 Then, the fluxes are spread over the same thickness (ie over one or several cells). 1285 If \np{rn_htbl}{rn\_htbl} is larger than top $e_{3}t$, there is no more direct feedback between the freezing point at the interface and the top cell temperature. 1286 This can lead to super-cool temperature in the top cell under melting condition. 1287 If \np{rn_htbl}{rn\_htbl} smaller than top $e_{3}t$, the top boundary layer thickness is set to the top cell thickness.\\ 1288 1289 Each melt formula (\np{cn_isfcav_mlt}{cn\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = '3eq'} or \np{cn_isfcav_mlt}{cn\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = '2eq'}) depends on an exchange coeficient ($\Gamma^{T,S}$) between the ocean and the ice. 1290 Below, the exchange coeficient $\Gamma^{T}$ and $\Gamma^{S}$ are respectively defined by \np{rn_gammat0}{rn\_gammat0} and \np{rn_gammas0}{rn\_gammas0}. 1291 There are 3 different ways to compute the exchange velocity: 1292 1293 \begin{description} 1294 \item[\np{cn_gammablk}{cn\_gammablk}\forcode{='spe'}]: 1295 The salt and heat exchange coefficients are constant and defined by: 1296 \[ 1297 \gamma^{T} = \Gamma^{T} 1298 \] 1299 \[ 1300 \gamma^{S} = \Gamma^{S} 1301 \] 1302 This is the recommended formulation for ISOMIP. 1303 1304 \item[\np{cn_gammablk}{cn\_gammablk}\forcode{='vel'}]: 1305 The salt and heat exchange coefficients are velocity dependent and defined as 1306 \[ 1307 \gamma^{T} = \Gamma^{T} \times u_{*} 1308 \] 1309 \[ 1310 \gamma^{S} = \Gamma^{S} \times u_{*} 1311 \] 1312 where $u_{*}$ is the friction velocity in the top boundary layer (ie first \np{rn_htbl}{rn\_htbl} meters). 1313 See \citet{jenkins.nicholls.ea_JPO10} for all the details on this formulation. It is the recommended formulation for realistic application and ISOMIP+/MISOMIP configuration. 1314 1315 \item[\np{cn_gammablk}{cn\_gammablk}\forcode{'vel\_stab'}]: 1316 The salt and heat exchange coefficients are velocity and stability dependent and defined as: 1317 \[ 1318 \gamma^{T,S} = \frac{u_{*}}{\Gamma_{Turb} + \Gamma^{T,S}_{Mole}} 1319 \] 1320 where $u_{*}$ is the friction velocity in the top boundary layer (ie first \np{rn_tbl}{rn\_htbl} meters), 1321 $\Gamma_{Turb}$ the contribution of the ocean stability and 1322 $\Gamma^{T,S}_{Mole}$ the contribution of the molecular diffusion. 1323 See \citet{holland.jenkins_JPO99} for all the details on this formulation. 1324 This formulation has not been extensively tested in NEMO (not recommended). 1325 \end{description} 1326 1327 \subsection{Ocean/Ice shelf fluxes in parametrised cavities} 1221 1328 1222 1329 \begin{description} 1223 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_isfblk}{nn\_isfblk}}]: The melt rate is based on a balance between the upward ocean heat flux and 1224 the latent heat flux at the ice shelf base. A complete description is available in \citet{hunter_rpt06}. 1225 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_isfblk}{nn\_isfblk}}]: The melt rate and the heat flux are based on a 3 equations formulation 1226 (a heat flux budget at the ice base, a salt flux budget at the ice base and a linearised freezing point temperature equation). 1227 A complete description is available in \citet{jenkins_JGR91}. 1330 1331 \item[\np{cn_isfpar_mlt}{cn\_isfpar\_mlt}\forcode{ = 'bg03'}]: 1332 The ice shelf cavities are not represented. 1333 The fwf and heat flux are computed using the \citet{beckmann.goosse_OM03} parameterisation of isf melting. 1334 The fluxes are distributed along the ice shelf edge between the depth of the average grounding line (GL) 1335 (\np{sn_isfpar_zmax}{sn\_isfpar\_zmax}) and the base of the ice shelf along the calving front 1336 (\np{sn_isfpar_zmin}{sn\_isfpar\_zmin}) as in (\np{cn_isfpar_mlt}{cn\_isfpar\_mlt}\forcode{ = 'spe'}). 1337 The effective melting length (\np{sn_isfpar_Leff}{sn\_isfpar\_Leff}) is read from a file. 1338 This parametrisation has not been tested since a while and based on \citet{Favier2019}, 1339 this parametrisation should probably not be used. 1340 1341 \item[\np{cn_isfpar_mlt}{cn\_isfpar\_mlt}\forcode{ = 'spe'}]: 1342 The ice shelf cavity is not represented. 1343 The fwf (\np{sn_isfpar_fwf}{sn\_isfpar\_fwf}) is prescribed and distributed along the ice shelf edge between 1344 the depth of the average grounding line (GL) (\np{sn_isfpar_zmax}{sn\_isfpar\_zmax}) and 1345 the base of the ice shelf along the calving front (\np{sn_isfpar_zmin}{sn\_isfpar\_min}). Convention of the input file is positive toward the ocean (i.e. positive for melting and negative for freezing). 1346 The heat flux ($Q_h$) is computed as $Q_h = fwf \times L_f$. 1347 1348 \item[\np{cn_isfpar_mlt}{cn\_isfpar\_mlt}\forcode{ = 'oasis'}]: 1349 The \forcode{'oasis'} is a prototype of what could be a method to spread precipitation on Antarctic ice sheet as ice shelf melt inside the cavity when a coupled model Atmosphere/Ocean is used. 1350 It has not been tested and therefore the model will stop if you try to use it. 1351 Action will be undertake in 2020 to build a comprehensive interface to do so for Greenland, Antarctic and ice shelf (cav), ice shelf (par), icebergs, subglacial runoff and runoff. 1352 1228 1353 \end{description} 1229 1354 1230 Temperature and salinity used to compute the melt are the average temperature in the top boundary layer \citet{losch_JGR08}. 1231 Its thickness is defined by \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl}. 1232 The fluxes and friction velocity are computed using the mean temperature, salinity and velocity in the the first \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl} m. 1233 Then, the fluxes are spread over the same thickness (ie over one or several cells). 1234 If \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl} larger than top $e_{3}t$, there is no more feedback between the freezing point at the interface and the the top cell temperature. 1235 This can lead to super-cool temperature in the top cell under melting condition. 1236 If \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl} smaller than top $e_{3}t$, the top boundary layer thickness is set to the top cell thickness.\\ 1237 1238 Each melt bulk formula depends on a exchange coeficient ($\Gamma^{T,S}$) between the ocean and the ice. 1239 There are 3 different ways to compute the exchange coeficient: 1240 \begin{description} 1241 \item [{\np[=0]{nn_gammablk}{nn\_gammablk}}]: The salt and heat exchange coefficients are constant and defined by \np{rn_gammas0}{rn\_gammas0} and \np{rn_gammat0}{rn\_gammat0}. 1242 \begin{gather*} 1243 % \label{eq:SBC_isf_gamma_iso} 1244 \gamma^{T} = rn\_gammat0 \\ 1245 \gamma^{S} = rn\_gammas0 1246 \end{gather*} 1247 This is the recommended formulation for ISOMIP. 1248 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_gammablk}{nn\_gammablk}}]: The salt and heat exchange coefficients are velocity dependent and defined as 1249 \begin{gather*} 1250 \gamma^{T} = rn\_gammat0 \times u_{*} \\ 1251 \gamma^{S} = rn\_gammas0 \times u_{*} 1252 \end{gather*} 1253 where $u_{*}$ is the friction velocity in the top boundary layer (ie first \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl} meters). 1254 See \citet{jenkins.nicholls.ea_JPO10} for all the details on this formulation. It is the recommended formulation for realistic application. 1255 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_gammablk}{nn\_gammablk}}]: The salt and heat exchange coefficients are velocity and stability dependent and defined as: 1256 \[ 1257 \gamma^{T,S} = \frac{u_{*}}{\Gamma_{Turb} + \Gamma^{T,S}_{Mole}} 1258 \] 1259 where $u_{*}$ is the friction velocity in the top boundary layer (ie first \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl} meters), 1260 $\Gamma_{Turb}$ the contribution of the ocean stability and 1261 $\Gamma^{T,S}_{Mole}$ the contribution of the molecular diffusion. 1262 See \citet{holland.jenkins_JPO99} for all the details on this formulation. 1263 This formulation has not been extensively tested in \NEMO\ (not recommended). 1264 \end{description} 1265 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}}]: The ice shelf cavity is not represented. 1266 The fwf and heat flux are computed using the \citet{beckmann.goosse_OM03} parameterisation of isf melting. 1267 The fluxes are distributed along the ice shelf edge between the depth of the average grounding line (GL) 1268 (\np{sn_depmax_isf}{sn\_depmax\_isf}) and the base of the ice shelf along the calving front 1269 (\np{sn_depmin_isf}{sn\_depmin\_isf}) as in (\np[=3]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}). 1270 The effective melting length (\np{sn_Leff_isf}{sn\_Leff\_isf}) is read from a file. 1271 \item [{\np[=3]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}}]: The ice shelf cavity is not represented. 1272 The fwf (\np{sn_rnfisf}{sn\_rnfisf}) is prescribed and distributed along the ice shelf edge between 1273 the depth of the average grounding line (GL) (\np{sn_depmax_isf}{sn\_depmax\_isf}) and 1274 the base of the ice shelf along the calving front (\np{sn_depmin_isf}{sn\_depmin\_isf}). 1275 The heat flux ($Q_h$) is computed as $Q_h = fwf \times L_f$. 1276 \item [{\np[=4]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}}]: The ice shelf cavity is opened (\np[=.true.]{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav} needed). 1277 However, the fwf is not computed but specified from file \np{sn_fwfisf}{sn\_fwfisf}). 1278 The heat flux ($Q_h$) is computed as $Q_h = fwf \times L_f$. 1279 As in \np[=1]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}, the fluxes are spread over the top boundary layer thickness (\np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl}) 1280 \end{description} 1281 1282 $\bullet$ \np[=1]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf} and \np[=2]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf} compute a melt rate based on 1355 \np{cn_isfcav_mlt}{cn\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = '2eq'}, \np{cn_isfcav_mlt}{cn\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = '3eq'} and \np{cn_isfpar_mlt}{cn\_isfpar\_mlt}\forcode{ = 'bg03'} compute a melt rate based on 1283 1356 the water mass properties, ocean velocities and depth. 1284 Th is flux is thus highly dependent of the model resolution (horizontal and vertical),1285 realism of the water masses onto the shelf ...\\1286 1287 $\bullet$ \np[=3]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf} and \np[=4]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf} read the melt rate from a file.1357 The resulting fluxes are thus highly dependent of the model resolution (horizontal and vertical) and 1358 realism of the water masses onto the shelf.\\ 1359 1360 \np{cn_isfcav_mlt}{cn\_isfcav\_mlt}\forcode{ = 'spe'} and \np{cn_isfpar_mlt}{cn\_isfpar\_mlt}\forcode{ = 'spe'} read the melt rate from a file. 1288 1361 You have total control of the fwf forcing. 1289 1362 This can be useful if the water masses on the shelf are not realistic or 1290 1363 the resolution (horizontal/vertical) are too coarse to have realistic melting or 1291 for studies where you need to control your heat and fw input.\\ 1292 1293 The ice shelf melt is implemented as a volume flux as for the runoff. 1294 The fw addition due to the ice shelf melting is, at each relevant depth level, added to 1295 the horizontal divergence (\textit{hdivn}) in the subroutine \rou{sbc\_isf\_div}, called from \mdl{divhor}. 1364 for studies where you need to control your heat and fw input. 1365 However, if your forcing is not consistent with the dynamics below you can reach unrealistic low water temperature.\\ 1366 1367 The ice shelf fwf is implemented as a volume flux as for the runoff. 1368 The fwf addition due to the ice shelf melting is, at each relevant depth level, added to 1369 the horizontal divergence (\textit{hdivn}) in the subroutine \rou{isf\_hdiv}, called from \mdl{divhor}. 1296 1370 See the runoff section \autoref{sec:SBC_rnf} for all the details about the divergence correction.\\ 1371 1372 Description and result of sensitivity tests to \np{ln_isfcav_mlt}{ln\_isfcav\_mlt} and \np{ln_isfpar_mlt}{ln\_isfpar\_mlt} are presented in \citet{mathiot.jenkins.ea_GMD17}. 1373 The different options are illustrated in \autoref{fig:ISF}. 1297 1374 1298 1375 \begin{figure}[!t] 1299 1376 \centering 1300 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{SBC_isf }1377 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{SBC_isf_v4.2} 1301 1378 \caption[Ice shelf location and fresh water flux definition]{ 1302 1379 Illustration of the location where the fwf is injected and 1303 whether or not the fwf is interacti f or not depending of \protect\np{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}.}1304 \label{fig: SBC_isf}1380 whether or not the fwf is interactive or not.} 1381 \label{fig:ISF} 1305 1382 \end{figure} 1306 1383 1307 %% ================================================================================================= 1308 \section{Ice sheet coupling} 1309 \label{sec:SBC_iscpl} 1310 1311 \begin{listing} 1312 \nlst{namsbc_iscpl} 1313 \caption{\forcode{&namsbc_iscpl}} 1314 \label{lst:namsbc_iscpl} 1315 \end{listing} 1384 \subsection{Available outputs} 1385 The following outputs are availables via XIOS: 1386 \begin{description} 1387 \item[for parametrised cavities]: 1388 \begin{xmllines} 1389 <field id="isftfrz_par" long_name="freezing point temperature in the parametrization boundary layer" unit="degC" /> 1390 <field id="fwfisf_par" long_name="Ice shelf melt rate" unit="kg/m2/s" /> 1391 <field id="qoceisf_par" long_name="Ice shelf ocean heat flux" unit="W/m2" /> 1392 <field id="qlatisf_par" long_name="Ice shelf latent heat flux" unit="W/m2" /> 1393 <field id="qhcisf_par" long_name="Ice shelf heat content flux of injected water" unit="W/m2" /> 1394 <field id="fwfisf3d_par" long_name="Ice shelf melt rate" unit="kg/m2/s" grid_ref="grid_T_3D" /> 1395 <field id="qoceisf3d_par" long_name="Ice shelf ocean heat flux" unit="W/m2" grid_ref="grid_T_3D" /> 1396 <field id="qlatisf3d_par" long_name="Ice shelf latent heat flux" unit="W/m2" grid_ref="grid_T_3D" /> 1397 <field id="qhcisf3d_par" long_name="Ice shelf heat content flux of injected water" unit="W/m2" grid_ref="grid_T_3D" /> 1398 <field id="ttbl_par" long_name="temperature in the parametrisation boundary layer" unit="degC" /> 1399 <field id="isfthermald_par" long_name="thermal driving of ice shelf melting" unit="degC" /> 1400 \end{xmllines} 1401 \item[for open cavities]: 1402 \begin{xmllines} 1403 <field id="isftfrz_cav" long_name="freezing point temperature at ocean/isf interface" unit="degC" /> 1404 <field id="fwfisf_cav" long_name="Ice shelf melt rate" unit="kg/m2/s" /> 1405 <field id="qoceisf_cav" long_name="Ice shelf ocean heat flux" unit="W/m2" /> 1406 <field id="qlatisf_cav" long_name="Ice shelf latent heat flux" unit="W/m2" /> 1407 <field id="qhcisf_cav" long_name="Ice shelf heat content flux of injected water" unit="W/m2" /> 1408 <field id="fwfisf3d_cav" long_name="Ice shelf melt rate" unit="kg/m2/s" grid_ref="grid_T_3D" /> 1409 <field id="qoceisf3d_cav" long_name="Ice shelf ocean heat flux" unit="W/m2" grid_ref="grid_T_3D" /> 1410 <field id="qlatisf3d_cav" long_name="Ice shelf latent heat flux" unit="W/m2" grid_ref="grid_T_3D" /> 1411 <field id="qhcisf3d_cav" long_name="Ice shelf heat content flux of injected water" unit="W/m2" grid_ref="grid_T_3D" /> 1412 <field id="ttbl_cav" long_name="temperature in Losch tbl" unit="degC" /> 1413 <field id="isfthermald_cav" long_name="thermal driving of ice shelf melting" unit="degC" /> 1414 <field id="isfgammat" long_name="Ice shelf heat-transfert velocity" unit="m/s" /> 1415 <field id="isfgammas" long_name="Ice shelf salt-transfert velocity" unit="m/s" /> 1416 <field id="stbl" long_name="salinity in the Losh tbl" unit="1e-3" /> 1417 <field id="utbl" long_name="zonal current in the Losh tbl at T point" unit="m/s" /> 1418 <field id="vtbl" long_name="merid current in the Losh tbl at T point" unit="m/s" /> 1419 <field id="isfustar" long_name="ustar at T point used in ice shelf melting" unit="m/s" /> 1420 <field id="qconisf" long_name="Conductive heat flux through the ice shelf" unit="W/m2" /> 1421 \end{xmllines} 1422 \end{description} 1423 1424 %% ================================================================================================= 1425 \subsection{Ice sheet coupling} 1426 \label{subsec:ISF_iscpl} 1316 1427 1317 1428 Ice sheet/ocean coupling is done through file exchange at the restart step. 1318 At each restart step :1319 1320 \begin{ enumerate}1321 \item the ice sheet model send a new bathymetry and ice shelf draft netcdf file.1322 \item a new domcfg.nc file is built using the DOMAINcfg tools.1323 \item \NEMO\run for a specific period and output the average melt rate over the period.1324 \item the ice sheet model run using the melt rate outputed in step 4.1325 \item go back to 1.1326 \end{ enumerate}1327 1328 If \np [=.true.]{ln_iscpl}{ln\_iscpl}, the isf draft is assume to be different at each restart step with1429 At each restart step, the procedure is this one: 1430 1431 \begin{description} 1432 \item[Step 1]: the ice sheet model send a new bathymetry and ice shelf draft netcdf file. 1433 \item[Step 2]: a new domcfg.nc file is built using the DOMAINcfg tools. 1434 \item[Step 3]: NEMO run for a specific period and output the average melt rate over the period. 1435 \item[Step 4]: the ice sheet model run using the melt rate outputed in step 3. 1436 \item[Step 5]: go back to 1. 1437 \end{description} 1438 1439 If \np{ln_iscpl}{ln\_iscpl}\forcode{ = .true.}, the isf draft is assume to be different at each restart step with 1329 1440 potentially some new wet/dry cells due to the ice sheet dynamics/thermodynamics. 1330 The wetting and drying scheme applied on the restart is very simple and described below for the 6 different possible cases:1441 The wetting and drying scheme, applied on the restart, is very simple. The 6 different possible cases for the tracer and ssh are: 1331 1442 1332 1443 \begin{description} 1333 \item [Thin a cell down]: T/S/ssh are unchanged and U/V in the top cell are corrected to keep the barotropic transport (bt) constant 1334 ($bt_b=bt_n$). 1335 \item [Enlarge a cell]: See case "Thin a cell down" 1336 \item [Dry a cell]: mask, T/S, U/V and ssh are set to 0. 1337 Furthermore, U/V into the water column are modified to satisfy ($bt_b=bt_n$). 1338 \item [Wet a cell]: mask is set to 1, T/S is extrapolated from neighbours, $ssh_n = ssh_b$ and U/V set to 0. 1339 If no neighbours, T/S is extrapolated from old top cell value. 1340 If no neighbours along i,j and k (both previous test failed), T/S/U/V/ssh and mask are set to 0. 1341 \item [Dry a column]: mask, T/S, U/V are set to 0 everywhere in the column and ssh set to 0. 1342 \item [Wet a column]: set mask to 1, T/S is extrapolated from neighbours, ssh is extrapolated from neighbours and U/V set to 0. 1343 If no neighbour, T/S/U/V and mask set to 0. 1444 \item[Thin a cell]: 1445 T/S/ssh are unchanged. 1446 1447 \item[Enlarge a cell]: 1448 See case "Thin a cell down" 1449 1450 \item[Dry a cell]: 1451 Mask, T/S, U/V and ssh are set to 0. 1452 1453 \item[Wet a cell]: 1454 Mask is set to 1, T/S is extrapolated from neighbours, $ssh_n = ssh_b$. 1455 If no neighbours, T/S is extrapolated from old top cell value. 1456 If no neighbours along i,j and k (both previous tests failed), T/S/ssh and mask are set to 0. 1457 1458 \item[Dry a column]: 1459 mask, T/S and ssh are set to 0. 1460 1461 \item[Wet a column]: 1462 set mask to 1, T/S/ssh are extrapolated from neighbours. 1463 If no neighbour, T/S/ssh and mask set to 0. 1344 1464 \end{description} 1465 1466 The method described above will strongly affect the barotropic transport under an ice shelf when the geometry change. 1467 In order to keep the model stable, an adjustment of the dynamics at the initialisation after the coupling step is needed. 1468 The idea behind this is to keep $\pd[\eta]{t}$ as it should be without change in geometry at the initialisation. 1469 This will prevent any strong velocity due to large pressure gradient. 1470 To do so, we correct the horizontal divergence before $\pd[\eta]{t}$ is computed in the first time step.\\ 1345 1471 1346 1472 Furthermore, as the before and now fields are not compatible (modification of the geometry), … … 1349 1475 The horizontal extrapolation to fill new cell with realistic value is called \np{nn_drown}{nn\_drown} times. 1350 1476 It means that if the grounding line retreat by more than \np{nn_drown}{nn\_drown} cells between 2 coupling steps, 1351 the code will be unable to fill all the new wet cells properly .1477 the code will be unable to fill all the new wet cells properly and the model is likely to blow up at the initialisation. 1352 1478 The default number is set up for the MISOMIP idealised experiments. 1353 1479 This coupling procedure is able to take into account grounding line and calving front migration. 1354 However, it is a non-conservative proc esse.1480 However, it is a non-conservative proccess. 1355 1481 This could lead to a trend in heat/salt content and volume.\\ 1356 1482 1357 1483 In order to remove the trend and keep the conservation level as close to 0 as possible, 1358 a simple conservation scheme is available with \np[=.true.]{ln_hsb}{ln\_hsb}. 1359 The heat/salt/vol. gain/loss is diagnosed, as well as the location. 1360 A correction increment is computed and apply each time step during the next \np{rn_fiscpl}{rn\_fiscpl} time steps. 1361 For safety, it is advised to set \np{rn_fiscpl}{rn\_fiscpl} equal to the coupling period (smallest increment possible). 1362 The corrective increment is apply into the cell itself (if it is a wet cell), the neigbouring cells or the closest wet cell (if the cell is now dry). 1484 a simple conservation scheme is available with \np{ln_isfcpl_cons}{ln\_isfcpl\_cons}\forcode{ = .true.}. 1485 The heat/salt/vol. gain/loss are diagnosed, as well as the location. 1486 A correction increment is computed and applied each time step during the model run. 1487 The corrective increment are applied into the cells itself (if it is a wet cell), the neigbouring cells or the closest wet cell (if the cell is now dry). 1363 1488 1364 1489 %% ================================================================================================= … … 1409 1534 Melt water (and other variables on the configuration grid) are written into the main \NEMO\ model output files. 1410 1535 1536 By default, iceberg thermodynamic and dynamic are computed using ocean surface variable (sst, ssu, ssv) and the icebergs are not sensible to the bathymetry (only to land) whatever the iceberg draft. 1537 \citet{Merino_OM2016} developed an option to use vertical profiles of ocean currents and temperature instead (\np{ln_M2016}{ln\_M2016}). 1538 Full details on the sensitivity to this parameter in done in \citet{Merino_OM2016}. 1539 If \np{ln_M2016}{ln\_M2016} activated, \np{ln_icb_grd}{ln\_icb\_grd} activate (or not) an option to prevent thick icebergs to move across shallow bank (ie shallower than the iceberg draft). 1540 This option need to be used with care as it could required to either change the distribution to prevent generation of icebergs with draft larger than the bathymetry 1541 or to build a variable \forcode{maxclass} to prevent NEMO filling the icebergs classes too thick for the local bathymetry. 1542 1411 1543 Extensive diagnostics can be produced. 1412 1544 Separate output files are maintained for human-readable iceberg information. … … 1465 1597 Then using the routine \rou{sbcblk\_algo\_ncar} and starting from the neutral drag coefficent provided, 1466 1598 the drag coefficient is computed according to the stable/unstable conditions of the 1467 air-sea interface following \citet{large.yeager_ rpt04}.1599 air-sea interface following \citet{large.yeager_trpt04}. 1468 1600 1469 1601 %% ================================================================================================= … … 1576 1708 1577 1709 The surface stress felt by the ocean is the atmospheric stress minus the net stress going 1578 into the waves \citep{janssen.breivik.ea_ rpt13}. Therefore, when waves are growing, momentum and energy is spent and is not1710 into the waves \citep{janssen.breivik.ea_trpt13}. Therefore, when waves are growing, momentum and energy is spent and is not 1579 1711 available for forcing the mean circulation, while in the opposite case of a decaying sea 1580 1712 state, more momentum is available for forcing the ocean. … … 1795 1927 \label{subsec:SBC_fwb} 1796 1928 1797 For global ocean simulation, it can be useful to introduce a control of the mean sea level in order to 1798 prevent unrealistic drift of the sea surface height due to inaccuracy in the freshwater fluxes. 1799 In \NEMO, two way of controlling the freshwater budget are proposed: 1929 \begin{listing} 1930 \nlst{namsbc_fwb} 1931 \caption{\forcode{&namsbc_fwb}} 1932 \label{lst:namsbc_fwb} 1933 \end{listing} 1934 1935 For global ocean simulations, it can be useful to introduce a control of the 1936 mean sea level in order to prevent unrealistic drifting of the sea surface 1937 height due to unbalanced freshwater fluxes. In \NEMO, two options for 1938 controlling the freshwater budget are proposed. 1800 1939 1801 1940 \begin{description} 1802 \item [{\np[=0]{nn_fwb}{nn\_fwb}} ] no control at all.1803 The mean sea level isfree to drift, and will certainly do so.1804 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_fwb}{nn\_fwb}} ] global mean \textit{emp}set to zero at each model time step.1941 \item [{\np[=0]{nn_fwb}{nn\_fwb}}:] No control at all; the mean sea level is 1942 free to drift, and will certainly do so. 1943 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_fwb}{nn\_fwb}}:] The global mean \textit{emp} is set to zero at each model time step. 1805 1944 %GS: comment below still relevant ? 1806 1945 %Note that with a sea-ice model, this technique only controls the mean sea level with linear free surface and no mass flux between ocean and ice (as it is implemented in the current ice-ocean coupling). 1807 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_fwb}{nn\_fwb}}] freshwater budget is adjusted from the previous year annual mean budget which 1808 is read in the \textit{EMPave\_old.dat} file. 1809 As the model uses the Boussinesq approximation, the annual mean fresh water budget is simply evaluated from 1810 the change in the mean sea level at January the first and saved in the \textit{EMPav.dat} file. 1946 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_fwb}{nn\_fwb}}:] \textit{emp} is adjusted by adding a 1947 spatially uniform, annual-mean freshwater flux that balances the freshwater 1948 budget at the end of the previous year; as the model uses the Boussinesq 1949 approximation, the freshwater budget can be evaluated from the change in the 1950 mean sea level and in the ice and snow mass after the end of each simulation 1951 year; at the start of the model run, an initial adjustment flux can be set 1952 using parameter \np{rn_rwb0}{rn\_fwb0} in namelist \nam{sbc_fwb}{sbc\_fwb}. 1811 1953 \end{description} 1812 1954 -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_STO.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Stochastic Parametrization of EOS (STO)} 6 6 \label{chap:STO} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_TRA.tex
r13476 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Ocean Tracers (TRA)} 6 6 \label{chap:TRA} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc … … 930 928 When \np{nn_geoflx}{nn\_geoflx} is set to 2, 931 929 a spatially varying geothermal heat flux is introduced which is provided in 932 the \ ifile{geothermal\_heating} NetCDF file930 the \textit{geothermal\_heating.nc} NetCDF file 933 931 (\autoref{fig:TRA_geothermal}) \citep{emile-geay.madec_OS09}. 934 932 … … 1151 1149 \citep{madec.delecluse.ea_JPO96}. 1152 1150 1153 For generating \ ifile{resto},1151 For generating \textit{resto.nc}, 1154 1152 see the documentation for the DMP tools provided with the source code under \path{./tools/DMP_TOOLS}. 1155 1153 … … 1175 1173 $\gamma$ is initialized as \np{rn_atfp}{rn\_atfp}, its default value is \forcode{10.e-3}. 1176 1174 Note that the forcing correction term in the filter is not applied in linear free surface 1177 (\ jp{ln\_linssh}\forcode{=.true.}) (see \autoref{subsec:TRA_sbc}).1175 (\np[=.true.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh}) (see \autoref{subsec:TRA_sbc}). 1178 1176 Not also that in constant volume case, the time stepping is performed on $T$, 1179 1177 not on its content, $e_{3t}T$. -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_ZDF.tex
r13461 r14789 1 1 \documentclass[../main/NEMO_manual]{subfiles} 2 3 %% Custom aliases4 \newcommand{\cf}{\ensuremath{C\kern-0.14em f}}5 2 6 3 \begin{document} … … 8 5 \chapter{Vertical Ocean Physics (ZDF)} 9 6 \label{chap:ZDF} 10 11 \thispagestyle{plain}12 7 13 8 \chaptertoc … … 198 193 $\bar{e}_o = e_{bb} |\tau| / \rho_o$, with $e_{bb}$ the \np{rn_ebb}{rn\_ebb} namelist parameter. 199 194 The default value of $e_{bb}$ is 3.75. \citep{gaspar.gregoris.ea_JGR90}), however a much larger value can be used when 200 taking into account the surface wave breaking (see below Eq.\autoref{eq:ZDF_Esbc}).195 taking into account the surface wave breaking (see below \autoref{eq:ZDF_Esbc}). 201 196 The bottom value of TKE is assumed to be equal to the value of the level just above. 202 197 The time integration of the $\bar{e}$ equation may formally lead to negative values because … … 532 527 the TKE case described in \autoref{subsec:ZDF_tke_ene} \citep{burchard_OM02}. 533 528 Evaluation of the 4 GLS turbulent closure schemes can be found in \citet{warner.sherwood.ea_OM05} in ROMS model and 534 in \citet{reffray. guillaume.ea_GMD15} for the \NEMO\ model.529 in \citet{reffray.bourdalle-badie.ea_GMD15} for the \NEMO\ model. 535 530 536 531 % ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- … … 594 589 Obsolete namelist parameters include: 595 590 \begin{description} 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 591 \item \protect\np{ln_use_osm_la}\np{ln\_use\_osm\_la} With \protect\np[=0]{nn_osm_wave}{nn\_osm\_wave}, 592 \protect\np{rn_osm_dstokes} {rn\_osm\_dstokes} is always used to specify the Stokes 593 penetration depth. 594 \item \protect\np{nn_ave} {nn\_ave} Choice of averaging method for KPP-style Ri \# 595 mixing. Not taken account of. 596 \item \protect\np{rn_osm_hbl0} {rn\_osm\_hbl0} Depth of initial boundary layer is now set 597 by a density criterion similar to that used in calculating \emph{hmlp} (output as \texttt{mldr10\_1}) in \mdl{zdfmxl}. 603 598 \end{description} 604 599 … … 608 603 classical shear turbulence. Instead they are in a regime known as 609 604 `Langmuir turbulence', dominated by an 610 interaction between the currents and the Stokes drift of the surface waves \citep[e.g.][]{mcwilliams. ea_JFM97}.605 interaction between the currents and the Stokes drift of the surface waves \citep[e.g.][]{mcwilliams.sullivan.ea_JFM97}. 611 606 This regime is characterised by strong vertical turbulent motion, and appears when the surface Stokes drift $u_{s0}$ is much greater than the friction velocity $u_{\ast}$. More specifically Langmuir turbulence is thought to be crucial where the turbulent Langmuir number $\mathrm{La}_{t}=(u_{\ast}/u_{s0}) > 0.4$. 612 607 … … 617 612 The OSMOSIS turbulent closure scheme is a similarity-scale scheme in 618 613 the same spirit as the K-profile 619 parameterization (KPP) scheme of \citet{large. ea_RG97}.614 parameterization (KPP) scheme of \citet{large.mcwilliams.ea_RG94}. 620 615 A specified shape of diffusivity, scaled by the (OSBL) depth 621 616 $h_{\mathrm{BL}}$ and a turbulent velocity scale, is imposed throughout the … … 628 623 as in KPP, it is set by a prognostic equation that is informed by 629 624 energy budget considerations reminiscent of the classical mixed layer 630 models of \citet{kraus.turner_ tellus67}.625 models of \citet{kraus.turner_T67}. 631 626 The model also includes an explicit parametrization of the structure 632 627 of the pycnocline (the stratified region at the bottom of the OSBL). 633 628 634 629 Presently, mixing below the OSBL is handled by the Richardson 635 number-dependent mixing scheme used in \citet{large. ea_RG97}.636 637 Convective parameterizations such as described in \ ref{sec:ZDF_conv}630 number-dependent mixing scheme used in \citet{large.mcwilliams.ea_RG94}. 631 632 Convective parameterizations such as described in \autoref{sec:ZDF_conv} 638 633 below should not be used with the OSMOSIS-OBL model: instabilities 639 634 within the OSBL are part of the model, while instabilities below the … … 641 636 642 637 \subsubsection{Depth and velocity scales} 643 The model supposes a boundary layer of thickness $h_{\mathrm{bl}}$ enclosing a well-mixed layer of thickness $h_{\mathrm{ml}}$ and a relatively thin pycnocline at the base of thickness $\Delta h$; Fig.~\ref{fig:OSBL_structure} shows typical (a) buoyancy structure and (b) turbulent buoyancy flux profile for the unstable boundary layer (losing buoyancy at the surface; e.g.\ cooling).638 The model supposes a boundary layer of thickness $h_{\mathrm{bl}}$ enclosing a well-mixed layer of thickness $h_{\mathrm{ml}}$ and a relatively thin pycnocline at the base of thickness $\Delta h$; \autoref{fig:OSBL_structure} shows typical (a) buoyancy structure and (b) turbulent buoyancy flux profile for the unstable boundary layer (losing buoyancy at the surface; e.g.\ cooling). 644 639 \begin{figure}[!t] 645 640 \begin{center} 646 641 %\includegraphics[width=0.7\textwidth]{ZDF_OSM_structure_of_OSBL} 647 642 \caption{ 648 \protect\label{fig: 643 \protect\label{fig:OSBL_structure} 649 644 The structure of the entraining boundary layer. (a) Mean buoyancy profile. (b) Profile of the buoyancy flux. 650 645 } … … 654 649 655 650 Consideration of the power input by wind acting on the Stokes drift suggests that the Langmuir turbulence has velocity scale: 656 \begin{equation}\label{eq:w_La} 657 w_{*L}= \left(u_*^2 u_{s\,0}\right)^{1/3}; 651 \begin{equation} 652 \label{eq:ZDF_w_La} 653 w_{*L}= \left(u_*^2 u_{s\,0}\right)^{1/3}; 658 654 \end{equation} 659 655 but at times the Stokes drift may be weak due to e.g.\ ice cover, short fetch, misalignment with the surface stress, etc.\ so a composite velocity scale is assumed for the stable (warming) boundary layer: 660 \begin{equation}\label{eq:composite-nu} 656 \begin{equation} 657 \label{eq:ZDF_composite-nu} 661 658 \nu_{\ast}= \left\{ u_*^3 \left[1-\exp(-.5 \mathrm{La}_t^2)\right]+w_{*L}^3\right\}^{1/3}. 662 659 \end{equation} 663 660 For the unstable boundary layer this is merged with the standard convective velocity scale $w_{*C}=\left(\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}_0 \,h_\mathrm{ml}\right)^{1/3}$, where $\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}_0$ is the upwards surface buoyancy flux, to give: 664 \begin{equation}\label{eq:vel-scale-unstable} 665 \omega_* = \left(\nu_*^3 + 0.5 w_{*C}^3\right)^{1/3}. 661 \begin{equation} 662 \label{eq:ZDF_vel-scale-unstable} 663 \omega_* = \left(\nu_*^3 + 0.5 w_{*C}^3\right)^{1/3}. 666 664 \end{equation} 667 665 668 666 \subsubsection{The flux gradient model} 669 667 The flux-gradient relationships used in the OSMOSIS scheme take the form: 670 % 671 \begin{equation}\label{eq:flux-grad-gen} 672 \overline{w^\prime\chi^\prime}=-K\frac{\partial\overline{\chi}}{\partial z} + N_{\chi,s} +N_{\chi,b} +N_{\chi,t}, 673 \end{equation} 674 % 668 669 \begin{equation} 670 \label{eq:ZDF_flux-grad-gen} 671 \overline{w^\prime\chi^\prime}=-K\frac{\partial\overline{\chi}}{\partial z} + N_{\chi,s} +N_{\chi,b} +N_{\chi,t}, 672 \end{equation} 673 675 674 where $\chi$ is a general variable and $N_{\chi,s}, N_{\chi,b} \mathrm{and} N_{\chi,t}$ are the non-gradient terms, and represent the effects of the different terms in the turbulent flux-budget on the transport of $\chi$. $N_{\chi,s}$ represents the effects that the Stokes shear has on the transport of $\chi$, $N_{\chi,b}$ the effect of buoyancy, and $N_{\chi,t}$ the effect of the turbulent transport. The same general form for the flux-gradient relationship is used to parametrize the transports of momentum, heat and salinity. 676 675 677 676 In terms of the non-dimensionalized depth variables 678 % 679 \begin{equation}\label{eq:sigma} 680 \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}= -z/h_{\mathrm{ml}}; \;\sigma_{\mathrm{bl}}= -z/h_{\mathrm{bl}}, 681 \end{equation} 682 % 677 678 \begin{equation} 679 \label{eq:ZDF_sigma} 680 \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}= -z/h_{\mathrm{ml}}; \;\sigma_{\mathrm{bl}}= -z/h_{\mathrm{bl}}, 681 \end{equation} 682 683 683 in unstable conditions the eddy diffusivity ($K_d$) and eddy viscosity ($K_\nu$) profiles are parametrized as: 684 % 685 \begin{align}\label{eq:diff-unstable} 686 K_d=&0.8\, \omega_*\, h_{\mathrm{ml}} \, \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\beta_d \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)^{3/2} 687 \\\label{eq:visc-unstable} 688 K_\nu =& 0.3\, \omega_* \,h_{\mathrm{ml}}\, \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\beta_\nu \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)\left(1-\tfrac{1}{2}\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}^2\right) 684 685 \begin{align} 686 \label{eq:ZDF_diff-unstable} 687 K_d=&0.8\, \omega_*\, h_{\mathrm{ml}} \, \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\beta_d \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)^{3/2} 688 \\ 689 \label{eq:ZDF_visc-unstable} 690 K_\nu =& 0.3\, \omega_* \,h_{\mathrm{ml}}\, \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\beta_\nu \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)\left(1-\tfrac{1}{2}\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}^2\right) 689 691 \end{align} 690 % 691 where $\beta_d$ and $\beta_\nu$ are parameters that are determined by matching Eqs \ref{eq:diff-unstable} and \ref{eq:visc-unstable} to the eddy diffusivity and viscosity at the base of the well-mixed layer, given by 692 % 693 \begin{equation}\label{eq:diff-wml-base} 694 K_{d,\mathrm{ml}}=K_{\nu,\mathrm{ml}}=\,0.16\,\omega_* \Delta h. 695 \end{equation} 696 % 692 693 where $\beta_d$ and $\beta_\nu$ are parameters that are determined by matching \autoref{eq:ZDF_diff-unstable} and \autoref{eq:ZDF_visc-unstable} to the eddy diffusivity and viscosity at the base of the well-mixed layer, given by 694 695 \begin{equation} 696 \label{eq:ZDF_diff-wml-base} 697 K_{d,\mathrm{ml}}=K_{\nu,\mathrm{ml}}=\,0.16\,\omega_* \Delta h. 698 \end{equation} 699 697 700 For stable conditions the eddy diffusivity/viscosity profiles are given by: 698 % 699 \begin{align}\label{diff-stable} 700 K_d= & 0.75\,\, \nu_*\, h_{\mathrm{ml}}\,\, \exp\left[-2.8 \left(h_{\mathrm{bl}}/L_L\right)^2\right]\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)^{3/2} \\\label{eq:visc-stable} 701 K_\nu = & 0.375\,\, \nu_*\, h_{\mathrm{ml}} \,\, \exp\left[-2.8 \left(h_{\mathrm{bl}}/L_L\right)^2\right] \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)\left(1-\tfrac{1}{2}\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}^2\right). 701 702 \begin{align} 703 \label{eq:ZDF_diff-stable} 704 K_d= & 0.75\,\, \nu_*\, h_{\mathrm{ml}}\,\, \exp\left[-2.8 705 \left(h_{\mathrm{bl}}/L_L\right)^2\right]\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} 706 \left(1-\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)^{3/2} \\ 707 \label{eq:ZDF_visc-stable} 708 K_\nu = & 0.375\,\, \nu_*\, h_{\mathrm{ml}} \,\, \exp\left[-2.8 \left(h_{\mathrm{bl}}/L_L\right)^2\right] \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)\left(1-\tfrac{1}{2}\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}^2\right). 702 709 \end{align} 703 % 710 704 711 The shape of the eddy viscosity and diffusivity profiles is the same as the shape in the unstable OSBL. The eddy diffusivity/viscosity depends on the stability parameter $h_{\mathrm{bl}}/{L_L}$ where $ L_L$ is analogous to the Obukhov length, but for Langmuir turbulence: 705 \begin{equation}\label{eq:L_L} 712 \begin{equation} 713 \label{eq:ZDF_L_L} 706 714 L_L=-w_{*L}^3/\left<\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}\right>_L, 707 715 \end{equation} 708 716 with the mean turbulent buoyancy flux averaged over the boundary layer given in terms of its surface value $\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}_0$ and (downwards) )solar irradiance $I(z)$ by 709 \begin{equation} \label{eq:stable-av-buoy-flux} 710 \left<\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}\right>_L = \tfrac{1}{2} {\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_0-g\alpha_E\left[\tfrac{1}{2}(I(0)+I(-h))-\left<I\right>\right]. 711 \end{equation} 712 % 717 \begin{equation} 718 \label{eq:ZDF_stable-av-buoy-flux} 719 \left<\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}\right>_L = \tfrac{1}{2} {\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_0-g\alpha_E\left[\tfrac{1}{2}(I(0)+I(-h))-\left<I\right>\right]. 720 \end{equation} 721 713 722 In unstable conditions the eddy diffusivity and viscosity depend on stability through the velocity scale $\omega_*$, which depends on the two velocity scales $\nu_*$ and $w_{*C}$. 714 723 715 Details of the non-gradient terms in \ eqref{eq:flux-grad-gen} and of the fluxes within the pycnocline $-h_{\mathrm{bl}}<z<h_{\mathrm{ml}}$ can be found in Grant (2019).724 Details of the non-gradient terms in \autoref{eq:ZDF_flux-grad-gen} and of the fluxes within the pycnocline $-h_{\mathrm{bl}}<z<h_{\mathrm{ml}}$ can be found in Grant (2019). 716 725 717 726 \subsubsection{Evolution of the boundary layer depth} 718 727 719 The prognostic equation for the depth of the neutral/unstable boundary layer is given by \citep{grant+etal18}, 720 721 \begin{equation} \label{eq:dhdt-unstable} 728 The prognostic equation for the depth of the neutral/unstable boundary layer is given by \iffalse \citep{grant+etal18?}, \fi 729 730 \begin{equation} 731 \label{eq:ZDF_dhdt-unstable} 722 732 %\frac{\partial h_\mathrm{bl}}{\partial t} + \mathbf{U}_b\cdot\nabla h_\mathrm{bl}= W_b - \frac{{\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_\mathrm{ent}}{\Delta B_\mathrm{bl}} 723 \frac{\partial h_\mathrm{bl}}{\partial t} = W_b - \frac{{\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_\mathrm{ent}}{\Delta B_\mathrm{bl}}733 \frac{\partial h_\mathrm{bl}}{\partial t} = W_b - \frac{{\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_\mathrm{ent}}{\Delta B_\mathrm{bl}} 724 734 \end{equation} 725 735 where $h_\mathrm{bl}$ is the horizontally-varying depth of the OSBL, … … 732 742 equation for the case when the pycnocline has a finite thickness, 733 743 based on the potential energy budget of the OSBL, is the leading term 734 \ citep{grant+etal18}of a generalization of that used in mixed-layer735 models e.g.\ \citet{kraus.turner_ tellus67}, in which the thickness of the pycnocline is taken to be zero.744 \iffalse \citep{grant+etal18?} \fi of a generalization of that used in mixed-layer 745 models e.g.\ \citet{kraus.turner_T67}, in which the thickness of the pycnocline is taken to be zero. 736 746 737 747 The entrainment flux for the combination of convective and Langmuir turbulence is given by 738 \begin{equation} \label{eq:entrain-flux} 748 \begin{equation} 749 \label{eq:ZDF_entrain-flux} 739 750 {\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_\mathrm{ent} = -\alpha_{\mathrm{B}} {\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_0 - \alpha_{\mathrm{S}} \frac{u_*^3}{h_{\mathrm{ml}}} 740 751 + G\left(\delta/h_{\mathrm{ml}} \right)\left[\alpha_{\mathrm{S}}e^{-1.5\, \mathrm{La}_t}-\alpha_{\mathrm{L}} \frac{w_{\mathrm{*L}}^3}{h_{\mathrm{ml}}}\right] … … 744 755 For the stable boundary layer, the equation for the depth of the OSBL is: 745 756 746 \begin{equation}\label{eq:dhdt-stable} 757 \begin{equation} 758 \label{eq:ZDF_dhdt-stable} 747 759 \max\left(\Delta B_{bl},\frac{w_{*L}^2}{h_\mathrm{bl}}\right)\frac{\partial h_\mathrm{bl}}{\partial t} = \left(0.06 + 0.52\,\frac{ h_\mathrm{bl}}{L_L}\right) \frac{w_{*L}^3}{h_\mathrm{bl}} +\left<\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}\right>_L. 748 760 \end{equation} 749 761 750 Equation. \ref{eq:dhdt-unstable} always leads to the depth of the entraining OSBL increasing (ignoring the effect of the mean vertical motion), but the change in the thickness of the stable OSBL given by Eq. \ref{eq:dhdt-stable} can be positive or negative, depending on the magnitudes of $\left<\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}\right>_L$ and $h_\mathrm{bl}/L_L$. The rate at which the depth of the OSBL can decrease is limited by choosing an effective buoyancy $w_{*L}^2/h_\mathrm{bl}$, in place of $\Delta B_{bl}$ which will be $\approx 0$ for the collapsing OSBL.762 \autoref{eq:ZDF_dhdt-unstable} always leads to the depth of the entraining OSBL increasing (ignoring the effect of the mean vertical motion), but the change in the thickness of the stable OSBL given by \autoref{eq:ZDF_dhdt-stable} can be positive or negative, depending on the magnitudes of $\left<\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}\right>_L$ and $h_\mathrm{bl}/L_L$. The rate at which the depth of the OSBL can decrease is limited by choosing an effective buoyancy $w_{*L}^2/h_\mathrm{bl}$, in place of $\Delta B_{bl}$ which will be $\approx 0$ for the collapsing OSBL. 751 763 752 764 … … 1068 1080 \label{lst:namdrg} 1069 1081 \end{listing} 1082 1070 1083 \begin{listing} 1071 1084 \nlst{namdrg_top} … … 1073 1086 \label{lst:namdrg_top} 1074 1087 \end{listing} 1088 1075 1089 \begin{listing} 1076 1090 \nlst{namdrg_bot} … … 1160 1174 \] 1161 1175 When \np[=.true.]{ln_lin}{ln\_lin}, the value of $r$ used is \np{rn_Uc0}{rn\_Uc0}*\np{rn_Cd0}{rn\_Cd0}. 1162 Setting \np[=.true.]{ln_drg_OFF}{ln\_ OFF} (and \forcode{ln_lin=.true.}) is equivalent to setting $r=0$ and leads to a free-slip boundary condition.1176 Setting \np[=.true.]{ln_drg_OFF}{ln\_drg\_OFF} (and \forcode{ln_lin=.true.}) is equivalent to setting $r=0$ and leads to a free-slip boundary condition. 1163 1177 1164 1178 These values are assigned in \mdl{zdfdrg}. 1165 1179 Note that there is support for local enhancement of these values via an externally defined 2D mask array 1166 (\np[=.true.]{ln_boost}{ln\_boost}) given in the \ ifile{bfr\_coef} input NetCDF file.1180 (\np[=.true.]{ln_boost}{ln\_boost}) given in the \textit{bfr\_coef.nc} input NetCDF file. 1167 1181 The mask values should vary from 0 to 1. 1168 1182 Locations with a non-zero mask value will have the friction coefficient increased by … … 1547 1561 by only a few extra physics choices namely: 1548 1562 1549 \begin{ verbatim}1563 \begin{forlines} 1550 1564 ln_dynldf_OFF = .false. 1551 1565 ln_dynldf_lap = .true. … … 1555 1569 nn_fct_h = 2 1556 1570 nn_fct_v = 2 1557 \end{ verbatim}1571 \end{forlines} 1558 1572 1559 1573 \noindent which were chosen to provide a slightly more stable and less noisy solution. The -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_cfgs.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Configurations} 6 6 \label{chap:CFGS} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc … … 85 83 the SI3 model (ORCA-ICE) and possibly with PISCES biogeochemical model (ORCA-ICE-PISCES). 86 84 An appropriate namelist is available in \path{./cfgs/ORCA2_ICE_PISCES/EXPREF/namelist_cfg} for ORCA2. 87 The domain of ORCA2 configuration is defined in \ ifile{ORCA\_R2\_zps\_domcfg} file,85 The domain of ORCA2 configuration is defined in \textit{ORCA\_R2\_zps\_domcfg.nc} file, 88 86 this file is available in tar file on the \NEMO\ community zenodo platform: \\ 89 87 https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.2640723 … … 152 150 Each of configuration is set through the \textit{domain\_cfg} domain configuration file, 153 151 which sets the grid size and configuration name parameters. 154 The \NEMO\ System Team provides only ORCA2 domain input file "\ ifile{ORCA\_R2\_zps\_domcfg}" file152 The \NEMO\ System Team provides only ORCA2 domain input file "\textit{ORCA\_R2\_zps\_domcfg.nc}" file 155 153 (\autoref{tab:CFGS_ORCA}). 156 154 … … 158 156 \centering 159 157 \begin{tabular}{p{4cm} c c c c} 160 Horizontal Grid & \ jp{ORCA\_index} & \jp{jpiglo} & \jp{jpjglo} \\158 Horizontal Grid & \texttt{ORCA\_index} & \texttt{jpiglo} & \texttt{jpjglo} \\ 161 159 \hline \hline 162 160 % 4 \deg\ & 4 & 92 & 76 \\ … … 198 196 (see \autoref{tab:CFGS_ORCA} and \autoref{fig:DOM_zgr_e3}). 199 197 The bottom topography and the coastlines are derived from the global atlas of Smith and Sandwell (1997). 200 The default forcing uses the boundary forcing from \citet{large.yeager_ rpt04} (see \autoref{subsec:SBC_blk_ocean}),198 The default forcing uses the boundary forcing from \citet{large.yeager_trpt04} (see \autoref{subsec:SBC_blk_ocean}), 201 199 which was developed for the purpose of running global coupled ocean-ice simulations without 202 200 an interactive atmosphere. 203 This \citet{large.yeager_ rpt04} dataset is available through201 This \citet{large.yeager_trpt04} dataset is available through 204 202 the \href{http://nomads.gfdl.noaa.gov/nomads/forms/mom4/CORE.html}{GFDL web site}. 205 The "normal year" of \citet{large.yeager_ rpt04} has been chosen of the \NEMO\ distribution since release v3.3.203 The "normal year" of \citet{large.yeager_trpt04} has been chosen of the \NEMO\ distribution since release v3.3. 206 204 207 205 ORCA\_R2 pre-defined configuration can also be run with multiply online nested zooms (\ie\ with AGRIF, \key{agrif} defined). … … 243 241 Through \np[=.false.]{ln_read_cfg}{ln\_read\_cfg} in \nam{cfg}{cfg} namelist defined in 244 242 the reference configuration \path{./cfgs/GYRE_PISCES/EXPREF/namelist_cfg} 245 analytical definition of grid in GYRE is done in usrdef\_hrg, usrdef\_zgrroutines.243 analytical definition of grid in GYRE is done in mdl{usrdef\_hrg}, \mdl{usrdef\_zgr} routines. 246 244 Its horizontal resolution (and thus the size of the domain) is determined by 247 setting \np{nn_GYRE}{nn\_GYRE} in \nam{usr_def}{usr\_def}: \\ 248 249 \jp{jpiglo} $= 30 \times$ \np{nn_GYRE}{nn\_GYRE} + 2 \\ 250 251 \jp{jpjglo} $= 20 \times$ \np{nn_GYRE}{nn\_GYRE} + 2 \\ 245 setting \np{nn_GYRE}{nn\_GYRE} in \nam{usr_def}{usr\_def}: 246 247 \begin{align*} 248 jpiglo = 30 \times \text{\np{nn_GYRE}{nn\_GYRE}} + 2 + 2 \times \text{\np{nn_hls}{nn\_hls}} \\ 249 jpjglo = 20 \times \text{\np{nn_GYRE}{nn\_GYRE}} + 2 + 2 \times \text{\np{nn_hls}{nn\_hls}} 250 \end{align*} 252 251 253 252 Obviously, the namelist parameters have to be adjusted to the chosen resolution, 254 253 see the Configurations pages on the \NEMO\ web site (\NEMO\ Configurations). 255 In the vertical, GYRE uses the default 30 ocean levels (\jp{jpk}\forcode{ = 31}) (\autoref{fig:DOM_zgr_e3}). 254 In the vertical, GYRE uses the default 30 ocean levels (\forcode{jpk = 31}, \autoref{fig:DOM_zgr_e3}). 255 256 \begin{listing} 257 \begin{forlines} 258 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 259 &namusr_def ! GYRE user defined namelist 260 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 261 nn_GYRE = 1 ! GYRE resolution [1/degrees] 262 ln_bench = .false. ! ! =T benchmark with gyre: the gridsize is kept constant 263 jpkglo = 31 ! number of model levels 264 / 265 \end{forlines} 266 \caption{\forcode{&namusr_def}} 267 \label{lst:namusr_def} 268 \end{listing} 256 269 257 270 The GYRE configuration is also used in benchmark test as it is very simple to increase its resolution and -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_conservation.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Invariants of the Primitive Equations} 6 6 \label{chap:CONS} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_misc.tex
r12377 r14789 6 6 \label{chap:MISC} 7 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 10 8 \chaptertoc 11 9 … … 14 12 {\footnotesize 15 13 \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{l||X|X} 16 Release & Author(s) & Modifications\\14 Release & Author(s) & Modifications \\ 17 15 \hline 18 {\em 4.0} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 19 {\em 3.6} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 20 {\em 3.4} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 21 {\em <=3.4} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} 16 {\em X.X} & {\em Pierre Mathiot} & {Update of the closed sea section} \\ 17 {\em 4.0} & {\em ... } & {\em ... } \\ 18 {\em 3.6} & {\em ... } & {\em ... } \\ 19 {\em 3.4} & {\em ... } & {\em ... } \\ 20 {\em <=3.4} & {\em ... } & {\em ... } 22 21 \end{tabularx} 23 22 } … … 109 108 \end{figure} 110 109 111 \begin{figure}[!tbp]112 \centering113 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{MISC_closea_mask_example}114 \caption[Mask fields for the \protect\mdl{closea} module]{115 Example of mask fields for the \protect\mdl{closea} module.116 \textit{Left}: a closea\_mask field;117 \textit{Right}: a closea\_mask\_rnf field.118 In this example, if \protect\np{ln_closea}{ln\_closea} is set to \forcode{.true.},119 the mean freshwater flux over each of the American Great Lakes will be set to zero,120 and the total residual for all the lakes, if negative, will be put into121 the St Laurence Seaway in the area shown.}122 \label{fig:MISC_closea_mask_example}123 \end{figure}124 125 110 %% ================================================================================================= 126 111 \section[Closed seas (\textit{closea.F90})]{Closed seas (\protect\mdl{closea})} 127 112 \label{sec:MISC_closea} 113 114 \begin{listing} 115 \nlst{namclo} 116 \caption{\forcode{&namclo}} 117 \label{lst:namclo} 118 \end{listing} 128 119 129 120 Some configurations include inland seas and lakes as ocean … … 138 129 to zero and put the residual flux into the ocean. 139 130 140 Prior to \NEMO\ 4 the locations of inland seas and lakes was set via 141 hardcoded indices for various ORCA configurations. From \NEMO\ 4 onwards 142 the inland seas and lakes are defined using mask fields in the 143 domain configuration file. The options are as follows. 144 145 \begin{enumerate} 146 \item {{\bfseries No ``closea\_mask'' field is included in domain configuration 147 file.} In this case the closea module does nothing.} 148 149 \item {{\bfseries A field called closea\_mask is included in the domain 150 configuration file and ln\_closea=.false. in namelist namcfg.} In this 151 case the inland seas defined by the closea\_mask field are filled in 152 (turned to land points) at run time. That is every point in 153 closea\_mask that is nonzero is set to be a land point.} 154 155 \item {{\bfseries A field called closea\_mask is included in the domain 156 configuration file and ln\_closea=.true. in namelist namcfg.} Each 157 inland sea or group of inland seas is set to a positive integer value 158 in the closea\_mask field (see \autoref{fig:MISC_closea_mask_example} 159 for an example). The net surface flux over each inland sea or group of 131 The inland seas and lakes are defined using mask fields in the 132 domain configuration file. Special treatment of the closed sea (redistribution of net freshwater or mask those), are defined in \autoref{lst:namclo} and 133 can be trigger by \np{ln_closea}{ln\_closea}\forcode{=.true.} in namelist namcfg. 134 135 The options available are the following: 136 \begin{description} 137 \item[\np{ln_maskcs}{ln\_maskcs}\forcode{ = .true.}] All the closed seas are masked using \textit{mask\_opensea} variable. 138 \item[\np{ln_maskcs}{ln\_maskcs}\forcode{ = .false.}] The net surface flux over each inland sea or group of 160 139 inland seas is set to zero each timestep and the residual flux is 161 distributed over the global ocean (ie. all ocean points where 162 closea\_mask is zero).} 163 164 \item {{\bfseries Fields called closea\_mask and closea\_mask\_rnf are 165 included in the domain configuration file and ln\_closea=.true. in 166 namelist namcfg.} This option works as for option 3, except that if 167 the net surface flux over an inland sea is negative (net 168 precipitation) it is put into the ocean at specified runoff points. A 169 net positive surface flux (net evaporation) is still spread over the 170 global ocean. The mapping from inland seas to runoff points is defined 171 by the closea\_mask\_rnf field. Each mapping is defined by a positive 172 integer value for the inland sea(s) and the corresponding runoff 173 points. An example is given in 174 \autoref{fig:MISC_closea_mask_example}. If no mapping is provided for a 175 particular inland sea then the residual is spread over the global 176 ocean.} 177 178 \item {{\bfseries Fields called closea\_mask and closea\_mask\_emp are 179 included in the domain configuration file and ln\_closea=.true. in 180 namelist namcfg.} This option works the same as option 4 except that 181 the nonzero net surface flux is sent to the ocean at the specified 182 runoff points regardless of whether it is positive or negative. The 183 mapping from inland seas to runoff points in this case is defined by 184 the closea\_mask\_emp field.} 185 \end{enumerate} 186 187 There is a python routine to create the closea\_mask fields and append 188 them to the domain configuration file in the utils/tools/DOMAINcfg directory. 140 distributed over a target area. 141 \end{description} 142 143 When \np{ln_maskcs}{ln\_maskcs}\forcode{ = .false.}, 144 3 options are available for the redistribution (set up of these options is done in the tool DOMAINcfg): 145 \begin{description}[font=$\bullet$ ] 146 \item[ glo]: The residual flux is redistributed globally. 147 \item[ emp]: The residual flux is redistributed as emp in a river outflow. 148 \item[ rnf]: The residual flux is redistributed as rnf in a river outflow if negative. If there is a net evaporation, the residual flux is redistributed globally. 149 \end{description} 150 151 For each case, 2 masks are needed (\autoref{fig:MISC_closea_mask_example}): 152 \begin{description} 153 \item $\bullet$ one describing the 'sources' (ie the closed seas concerned by each options) called \textit{mask\_csglo}, \textit{mask\_csrnf}, \textit{mask\_csemp}. 154 \item $\bullet$ one describing each group of inland seas (the Great Lakes for example) and the target area (river outflow or world ocean) for each group of inland seas (St Laurence for the Great Lakes for example) called 155 \textit{mask\_csgrpglo}, \textit{mask\_csgrprnf}, \textit{mask\_csgrpemp}. 156 \end{description} 157 158 \begin{figure}[!tbp] 159 \centering 160 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{MISC_closea_mask_example} 161 \caption[Mask fields for the \protect\mdl{closea} module]{ 162 Example of mask fields for the \protect\mdl{closea} module. 163 \textit{Left}: a \textit{mask\_csrnf} field; 164 \textit{Right}: a \textit{mask\_csgrprnf} field. 165 In this example, if \protect\np{ln_closea}{ln\_closea} is set to \forcode{.true.}, 166 the mean freshwater flux over each of the American Great Lakes will be set to zero, 167 and the total residual for all the lakes, if negative, will be put into 168 the St Laurence Seaway in the area shown.} 169 \label{fig:MISC_closea_mask_example} 170 \end{figure} 171 172 Closed sea not defined (because too small, issue in the bathymetry definition ...) are defined in \textit{mask\_csundef}. 173 These points can be masked using the namelist option \np{ln_mask_csundef}{ln\_mask\_csundef}\forcode{= .true.} or used to correct the bathymetry input file.\\ 174 175 The masks needed for the closed sea can be created using the DOMAINcfg tool in the utils/tools/DOMAINcfg directory. 176 See \autoref{sec:clocfg} for details on the usage of definition of the closed sea masks. 189 177 190 178 %% ================================================================================================= … … 205 193 206 194 \noindent Consider an ORCA1 207 configuration using the extended grid domain configuration file: \ ifile{eORCA1\_domcfg.nc}195 configuration using the extended grid domain configuration file: \textit{eORCA1\_domcfg.nc} 208 196 This file define a horizontal domain of 362x332. The first row with 209 197 open ocean wet points in the non-isf bathymetry for this set is row 42 (\fortran\ indexing) … … 226 214 \noindent Note that with this option, the j-size of the global domain is (extended 227 215 j-size minus \np{open_ocean_jstart}{open\_ocean\_jstart} + 1 ) and this must match the \texttt{jpjglo} value 228 for the configuration. This means an alternative version of \ ifile{eORCA1\_domcfg.nc} must216 for the configuration. This means an alternative version of \textit{eORCA1\_domcfg.nc} must 229 217 be created for when \np{ln_use_jattr}{ln\_use\_jattr} is active. The \texttt{ncap2} tool provides a 230 218 convenient way of achieving this: … … 234 222 \end{cmds} 235 223 236 The domain configuration file is unique in this respect since it also contains the value of \ jp{jpjglo}224 The domain configuration file is unique in this respect since it also contains the value of \texttt{jpjglo} 237 225 that is read and used by the model. 238 226 Any other global, 2D and 3D, netcdf, input field can be prepared for use in a reduced domain by adding the … … 374 362 375 363 When more information is required for monitoring or debugging purposes, the various 376 forms of output can be selected via the \np{sn \_cfctl} structure. As well as simple364 forms of output can be selected via the \np{sn_cfctl}{sn\_cfctl} structure. As well as simple 377 365 on-off switches this structure also allows selection of a range of processors for 378 366 individual reporting (where appropriate) and a time-increment option to restrict … … 382 370 with their default settings: 383 371 384 \begin{ verbatim}372 \begin{forlines} 385 373 sn_cfctl%l_allon = .FALSE. ! IF T activate all options. If F deactivate all unless l_config is T 386 374 sn_cfctl%l_config = .TRUE. ! IF .true. then control which reports are written with the following 387 \end{ verbatim}375 \end{forlines} 388 376 389 377 The first switch is a convenience option which can be used to switch on and off all 390 378 sub-options. However, if it is false then switching off all sub-options is only done 391 if \ texttt{sn_cfctl%l\_config} is also false. Specifically, the logic is:392 393 \begin{ verbatim}379 if \forcode{sn_cfctl%l\_config} is also false. Specifically, the logic is: 380 381 \begin{forlines} 394 382 IF ( sn_cfctl%l_allon ) THEN 395 383 set all suboptions .TRUE. … … 400 388 set all suboptions .FALSE. 401 389 ENDIF 402 \end{ verbatim}390 \end{forlines} 403 391 404 392 Details of the suboptions follow but first an explanation of the stand-alone option: 405 \ texttt{sn_cfctl%l_glochk}. This option modifies the action of the early warning checks406 carried out in \textt {stpctl.F90}. These checks detect probable numerical instabilites393 \forcode{sn_cfctl%l_glochk}. This option modifies the action of the early warning checks 394 carried out in \texttt{stpctl.F90}. These checks detect probable numerical instabilites 407 395 by searching for excessive sea surface heights or velocities and salinity values 408 396 outside a sensible physical range. If breaches are detected then the default behaviour 409 397 is to locate and report the local indices of the grid-point in breach. These indices 410 398 are included in the error message that precedes the model shutdown. When true, 411 \ texttt{sn_cfctl%l_glochk} modifies this action by performing a global location of399 \forcode{sn_cfctl%l_glochk} modifies this action by performing a global location of 412 400 the various minimum and maximum values and the global indices are reported. This has 413 401 some value in locating the most severe error in cases where the first detected error … … 427 415 average tracer value for each passive tracer. Collecting these metrics involves 428 416 global communications and will impact on model efficiency so both these options are 429 disabled by default by setting the respective options, \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%runstat} and430 \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%trcstat} to false. A compromise can be made by activating either or431 both of these options and setting the \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%timincr} entry to an integer417 disabled by default by setting the respective options, \forcode{sn\_cfctl%runstat} and 418 \forcode{sn\_cfctl%trcstat} to false. A compromise can be made by activating either or 419 both of these options and setting the \forcode{sn\_cfctl%timincr} entry to an integer 432 420 value greater than one. This increment determines the time-step frequency at which 433 421 the global metrics are collected and reported. This increment also applies to the … … 440 428 any warning or error messages generated during execution. A \texttt{layout.dat} 441 429 file is also produced which details the MPI-decomposition used by the model. The 442 suboptions: \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%oceout} and \texttt{sn\_cfctl%layout} can be used430 suboptions: \forcode{sn\_cfctl%oceout} and \forcode{sn\_cfctl%layout} can be used 443 431 to activate the creation of these files by all ocean processes. For example, 444 when \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%oceout} is true all processors produce their own version of432 when \forcode{sn\_cfctl%oceout} is true all processors produce their own version of 445 433 \texttt{ocean.output}. All files, beyond the the normal reporting processor (narea == 1), are 446 434 named with a \_XXXX extension to their name, where XXXX is a 4-digit area number (with … … 449 437 systems so bug-hunting efforts using this facility should also utilise the \fortran: 450 438 451 \begin{verbatim} 452 CALL FLUSH(numout) 453 \end{verbatim} 439 \forline|CALL FLUSH(numout)| 454 440 455 441 statement after any additional write statements to ensure that file contents reflect 456 the last model state. Associated with the \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%oceout} option is the457 additional \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%oasout} suboption. This does not activate its own output442 the last model state. Associated with the \forcode{sn\_cfctl%oceout} option is the 443 additional \forcode{sn\_cfctl%oasout} suboption. This does not activate its own output 458 444 file but rather activates the writing of addition information regarding the OASIS 459 445 configuration when coupling via oasis and the sbccpl routine. This information is … … 467 453 http://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/nemo/attachment/wiki/Documentation/prtctl_NEMO_doc_v2.pdf}{The 468 454 control print option in NEMO} The switches to activate production of the control sums 469 of trends for either the physics or passive tracers are the \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%prtctl}470 and \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%prttrc} suboptions, respectively. Although, perhaps, of limited use for its455 of trends for either the physics or passive tracers are the \forcode{sn\_cfctl%prtctl} 456 and \forcode{sn\_cfctl%prttrc} suboptions, respectively. Although, perhaps, of limited use for its 471 457 original intention, the ability to produce these control sums of trends in specific 472 458 areas provides another tool for diagnosing model behaviour. If only the output from a 473 459 select few regions is required then additional options are available to activate options 474 for only a simple subset of processing regions. These are: \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%procmin},475 \ texttt{sn\_cfctl%procmax} and \texttt{sn\_cfctl%procincr} which can be used to specify460 for only a simple subset of processing regions. These are: \forcode{sn\_cfctl%procmin}, 461 \forcode{sn\_cfctl%procmax} and \forcode{sn\_cfctl%procincr} which can be used to specify 476 462 the minimum and maximum active areas and the increment. The default values are set 477 463 such that all regions will be active. Note this subsetting can also be used to limit … … 481 467 \end{enumerate} 482 468 483 484 sn_cfctl%l_glochk = .FALSE. ! Range sanity checks are local (F) or global (T). Set T for debugging only 485 sn_cfctl%l_allon = .FALSE. ! IF T activate all options. If F deactivate all unless l_config is T 486 sn_cfctl%l_config = .TRUE. ! IF .true. then control which reports are written with the following 487 sn_cfctl%l_runstat = .FALSE. ! switches and which areas produce reports with the proc integer settings. 488 sn_cfctl%l_trcstat = .FALSE. ! The default settings for the proc integers should ensure 489 sn_cfctl%l_oceout = .FALSE. ! that all areas report. 490 sn_cfctl%l_layout = .FALSE. ! 491 sn_cfctl%l_prtctl = .FALSE. ! 492 sn_cfctl%l_prttrc = .FALSE. ! 493 sn_cfctl%l_oasout = .FALSE. ! 494 sn_cfctl%procmin = 0 ! Minimum area number for reporting [default:0] 495 sn_cfctl%procmax = 1000000 ! Maximum area number for reporting [default:1000000] 496 sn_cfctl%procincr = 1 ! Increment for optional subsetting of areas [default:1] 497 sn_cfctl%ptimincr = 1 ! Timestep increment for writing time step progress info 498 499 469 \begin{forlines} 470 sn_cfctl%l_glochk = .false. ! Range sanity checks are local (F) or global (T). Set T for debugging only 471 sn_cfctl%l_allon = .false. ! IF T activate all options. If F deactivate all unless l_config is T 472 sn_cfctl%l_config = .true. ! IF .true. then control which reports are written with the following 473 sn_cfctl%l_runstat = .false. ! switches and which areas produce reports with the proc integer settings. 474 sn_cfctl%l_trcstat = .false. ! The default settings for the proc integers should ensure 475 sn_cfctl%l_oceout = .false. ! that all areas report. 476 sn_cfctl%l_layout = .false. ! 477 sn_cfctl%l_prtctl = .false. ! 478 sn_cfctl%l_prttrc = .false. ! 479 sn_cfctl%l_oasout = .false. ! 480 sn_cfctl%procmin = 0 ! Minimum area number for reporting [default:0] 481 sn_cfctl%procmax = 1000000 ! Maximum area number for reporting [default:1000000] 482 sn_cfctl%procincr = 1 ! Increment for optional subsetting of areas [default:1] 483 sn_cfctl%ptimincr = 1 ! Timestep increment for writing time step progress info 484 \end{forlines} 500 485 501 486 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_model_basics.tex
r11693 r14789 5 5 \chapter{Model Basics} 6 6 \label{chap:MB} 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 7 10 8 \chaptertoc … … 706 704 In this case, the free surface equation is nonlinear, 707 705 and the variations of volume are fully taken into account. 708 These coordinates systems is presented in a report \citep{levier.treguier.ea_ rpt07} available on706 These coordinates systems is presented in a report \citep{levier.treguier.ea_trpt07} available on 709 707 the \NEMO\ web site. 710 708 … … 841 839 This problem can be at least partially overcome by mixing $s$-coordinate and 842 840 step-like representation of bottom topography 843 \citep{gerdes_JGR93 *a,gerdes_JGR93*b,madec.delecluse.ea_JPO96}.841 \citep{gerdes_JGR93,gerdes_JGR93*a,madec.delecluse.ea_JPO96}. 844 842 However, the definition of the model domain vertical coordinate becomes then a non-trivial thing for 845 843 a realistic bottom topography: -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_model_basics_zstar.tex
r11693 r14789 4 4 5 5 \chapter{ essai \zstar \sstar} 6 7 \thispagestyle{plain}8 6 9 7 \chaptertoc … … 30 28 31 29 In that case, the free surface equation is nonlinear, and the variations of volume are fully taken into account. 32 These coordinates systems is presented in a report \citep{levier.treguier.ea_ rpt07} available on the \NEMO\ web site.30 These coordinates systems is presented in a report \citep{levier.treguier.ea_trpt07} available on the \NEMO\ web site. 33 31 34 32 \colorbox{yellow}{ end of to be updated} … … 85 83 86 84 %\nlst{nam_dynspg} 85 87 86 Options are defined through the \nam{_dynspg}{\_dynspg} namelist variables. 88 87 The surface pressure gradient term is related to the representation of the free surface (\autoref{sec:MB_hor_pg}). … … 95 94 which imposes a very small time step when an explicit time stepping is used. 96 95 Two methods are proposed to allow a longer time step for the three-dimensional equations: 97 the filtered free surface, which is a modification of the continuous equations %(see \autoref{eq:MB_flt?}),96 the filtered free surface, which is a modification of the continuous equations \iffalse (see \autoref{eq:MB_flt?}) \fi , 98 97 and the split-explicit free surface described below. 99 98 The extra term introduced in the filtered method is calculated implicitly, … … 170 169 171 170 The split-explicit formulation has a damping effect on external gravity waves, 172 which is weaker than the filtered free surface but still significant as shown by \citet{levier.treguier.ea_ rpt07} in171 which is weaker than the filtered free surface but still significant as shown by \citet{levier.treguier.ea_trpt07} in 173 172 the case of an analytical barotropic Kelvin wave. 174 173 … … 306 305 307 306 In the non-linear free surface formulation, the variations of volume are fully taken into account. 308 This option is presented in a report \citep{levier.treguier.ea_ rpt07} available on the \NEMO\ web site.307 This option is presented in a report \citep{levier.treguier.ea_trpt07} available on the \NEMO\ web site. 309 308 The three time-stepping methods (explicit, split-explicit and filtered) are the same as in 310 309 \autoref{?:DYN_spg_linear?} except that the ocean depth is now time-dependent. -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_time_domain.tex
r11693 r14789 6 6 \label{chap:TD} 7 7 8 \thispagestyle{plain}9 10 8 \chaptertoc 11 9 … … 14 12 {\footnotesize 15 13 \begin{tabularx}{0.5\textwidth}{l||X|X} 16 Release & Author(s) & 14 Release & Author(s) & 17 15 Modifications \\ 18 16 \hline 19 {\em 4.0} & {\em J\'{e}r\^{o}me Chanut \newline Tim Graham} & 17 {\em 4.0} & {\em J\'{e}r\^{o}me Chanut \newline Tim Graham} & 20 18 {\em Review \newline Update } \\ 21 {\em 3.6} & {\em Christian \'{E}th\'{e} } & 19 {\em 3.6} & {\em Christian \'{E}th\'{e} } & 22 20 {\em Update } \\ 23 {\em $\leq$ 3.4} & {\em Gurvan Madec } & 21 {\em $\leq$ 3.4} & {\em Gurvan Madec } & 24 22 {\em First version } \\ 25 23 \end{tabularx} … … 46 44 47 45 The time stepping used in \NEMO\ is a three level scheme that can be represented as follows: 46 48 47 \begin{equation} 49 48 \label{eq:TD} 50 49 x^{t + \rdt} = x^{t - \rdt} + 2 \, \rdt \ \text{RHS}_x^{t - \rdt, \, t, \, t + \rdt} 51 50 \end{equation} 51 52 52 where $x$ stands for $u$, $v$, $T$ or $S$; 53 53 RHS is the \textbf{R}ight-\textbf{H}and-\textbf{S}ide of the corresponding time evolution equation; … … 99 99 first designed by \citet{robert_JMSJ66} and more comprehensively studied by \citet{asselin_MWR72}, 100 100 is a kind of laplacian diffusion in time that mixes odd and even time steps: 101 101 102 \begin{equation} 102 103 \label{eq:TD_asselin} 103 104 x_F^t = x^t + \gamma \, \lt[ x_F^{t - \rdt} - 2 x^t + x^{t + \rdt} \rt] 104 105 \end{equation} 106 105 107 where the subscript $F$ denotes filtered values and $\gamma$ is the Asselin coefficient. 106 108 $\gamma$ is initialized as \np{rn_atfp}{rn\_atfp} (namelist parameter). … … 134 136 The conditions for stability of second and fourth order horizontal diffusion schemes are 135 137 \citep{griffies_bk04}: 138 136 139 \begin{equation} 137 140 \label{eq:TD_euler_stability} … … 142 145 \end{cases} 143 146 \end{equation} 147 144 148 where $e$ is the smallest grid size in the two horizontal directions and 145 149 $A^h$ is the mixing coefficient. … … 153 157 To overcome the stability constraint, a backward (or implicit) time differencing scheme is used. 154 158 This scheme is unconditionally stable but diffusive and can be written as follows: 159 155 160 \begin{equation} 156 161 \label{eq:TD_imp} … … 170 175 where RHS is the right hand side of the equation except for the vertical diffusion term. 171 176 We rewrite \autoref{eq:TD_imp} as: 177 172 178 \begin{equation} 173 179 \label{eq:TD_imp_mat} 174 180 -c(k + 1) \; T^{t + 1}(k + 1) + d(k) \; T^{t + 1}(k) - \; c(k) \; T^{t + 1}(k - 1) \equiv b(k) 175 181 \end{equation} 182 176 183 where 184 177 185 \[ 178 186 c(k) = A_w^{vT} (k) \, / \, e_{3w} (k) \text{,} \quad … … 241 249 $Q$ is redistributed over several time step. 242 250 In the modified LF-RA environment, these two formulations have been replaced by: 251 243 252 \begin{gather} 244 253 \label{eq:TD_forcing} … … 248 257 - \gamma \, \rdt \, \lt( Q^{t + \rdt / 2} - Q^{t - \rdt / 2} \rt) 249 258 \end{gather} 259 250 260 The change in the forcing formulation given by \autoref{eq:TD_forcing} 251 261 (see \autoref{fig:TD_MLF_forcing}) has a significant effect: … … 377 387 % 378 388 \end{flalign*} 389 379 390 \begin{flalign*} 380 391 \allowdisplaybreaks … … 389 400 % 390 401 \end{flalign*} 402 391 403 \begin{flalign*} 392 404 \allowdisplaybreaks -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/SI3/build
- Property svn:ignore
-
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/SI3/main/bibliography.bib
- Property svn:eol-style set to native
-
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/SI3/main/chapters.tex
r12377 r14789 1 1 \subfile{../subfiles/todolist} 2 3 \subfile{../subfiles/introduction} % Introduction4 2 5 3 \subfile{../subfiles/chap_model_basics} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/SI3/main/settings.tex
r11591 r14789 1 %% Engine (folder name)2 \def \engine{SI3}1 %% Engine 2 \def\eng{SI3} 3 3 4 %% Title and cover page settings 5 \def \spacetop{ \vspace*{1.2cm} } 6 \def \heading{Sea Ice modelling Integrated Initiative (SI$^3$)} 7 \def \subheading{The NEMO sea ice engine} 8 \def \spacedown{ \vspace*{ 1cm} } 9 \def \authorswidth{0.2\linewidth} 10 \def \rulelenght{230pt} 11 \def \abstractwidth{0.65\linewidth} 4 %% Cover page 5 \def\spcup{\vspace*{1.20cm}} 6 \def \hdg{Sea Ice modelling Integrated Initiative (SI$^3$)} 7 \def\shdg{The NEMO sea ice engine } 8 \def\spcdn{\vspace*{1.00cm}} 9 \def\autwd{0.20\linewidth}\def\lnlg{230pt}\def\abswd{0.65\linewidth} 12 10 13 %% Color for document(frontpage banner, links and chapter boxes)14 \def \setmanualcolor{ \definecolor{manualcolor}{cmyk}{0, 0, 0, 0.4}}11 %% Color in cmyk model for manual theme (frontpage banner, links and chapter boxes) 12 \def\clr{0.0,0.0,0.0,0.4} 15 13 16 14 %% IPSL publication number 17 \def \ipslnum{31}15 \def\ipsl{31} 18 16 19 %% Zenodo ID, i.e. doi:10.5281/zenodo.\ ([0-9]*\)20 \def 17 %% Zenodo ID, i.e. doi:10.5281/zenodo.\zid 18 \def\zid{1471689} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/SI3/namelists/namdyn_adv
r11703 r14789 2 2 &namdyn_adv ! Ice advection 3 3 !------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 ln_adv_Pra = .true. ! Advection scheme (Prather)5 ln_adv_UMx = .false. 4 ln_adv_Pra = .true. ! Advection scheme (Prather) 5 ln_adv_UMx = .false. ! Advection scheme (Ultimate-Macho) 6 6 nn_UMx = 5 ! order of the scheme for UMx (1-5 ; 20=centered 2nd order) 7 7 / -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/SI3/namelists/namsbc
r11026 r14789 3 3 !------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 4 rn_cio = 5.0e-03 ! ice-ocean drag coefficient (-) 5 rn_blow_s = 0.66 ! mesure of snow blowing into the leads 5 nn_snwfra = 2 ! calculate the fraction of ice covered by snow (for zdf and albedo) 6 ! = 0 fraction = 1 (if snow) or 0 (if no snow) 7 ! = 1 fraction = 1-exp(-0.2*rhos*hsnw) [MetO formulation] 8 ! = 2 fraction = hsnw / (hsnw+0.02) [CICE formulation] 9 rn_snwblow = 0.66 ! mesure of snow blowing into the leads 6 10 ! = 1 => no snow blowing, < 1 => some snow blowing 7 11 nn_flxdist = -1 ! Redistribute heat flux over ice categories … … 12 16 ln_cndflx = .false. ! Use conduction flux as surface boundary conditions (i.e. for Jules coupling) 13 17 ln_cndemulate = .false. ! emulate conduction flux (if not provided in the inputs) 18 nn_qtrice = 1 ! Solar flux transmitted thru the surface scattering layer: 19 ! = 0 Grenfell and Maykut 1977 (depends on cloudiness and is 0 when there is snow) 20 ! = 1 Lebrun 2019 (equals 0.3 anytime with different melting/dry snw conductivities) 14 21 / -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/SI3/subfiles
- Property svn:ignore
-
old new 1 *.aux 2 *.bbl 3 *.blg 4 *.fdb* 5 *.fls 6 *.idx 7 *.ilg 1 8 *.ind 2 *.ilg 9 *.lo* 10 *.out 11 *.pdf 12 *.pyg 13 *.tdo 14 *.toc 15 *.xdv 16 cache*
-
- Property svn:ignore
-
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/TOP/build
- Property svn:ignore
-
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/TOP/main/bibliography.bib
- Property svn:eol-style set to native
r11171 r14789 185 185 journal = {Global Biogeochemical Cycles}, 186 186 publisher = {American Geophysical Union (AGU)} 187 } 188 189 @techreport{ gibson_trpt86, 190 title = "Standards for software development and maintenance", 191 pages = "21", 192 series = "ECMWF Technical Memoranda", 193 number = "120", 194 author = "J. K. Gibson", 195 institution = "ECMWF Operations Department; Reading, United Kingdom", 196 year = "1986", 197 month = "aug", 198 doi = "10.21957/gi113q4gn" 187 199 } 188 200 -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/TOP/main/chapters.tex
r12377 r14789 1 \subfile{../subfiles/introduction}2 1 \subfile{../subfiles/model_description} 3 2 \subfile{../subfiles/model_setup} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/TOP/main/settings.tex
r11591 r14789 1 %% Engine (folder name)2 \def \engine{TOP}1 %% Engine 2 \def\eng{TOP} 3 3 4 %% Title and cover page settings 5 \def \spacetop{ \vspace*{1.3cm} } 6 \def \heading{Tracers in Ocean Paradigm (TOP)} 7 \def \subheading{The NEMO passive tracers engine} 8 \def \spacedown{ \vspace*{ 1cm} } 9 \def \authorswidth{0.15\linewidth} 10 \def \rulelenght{110pt} 11 \def \abstractwidth{0.7\linewidth} 4 %% Cover page 5 \def\spcup{\vspace*{1.30cm}} 6 \def \hdg{Tracers in Ocean Paradigm (TOP)} 7 \def\shdg{The NEMO passive tracers engine} 8 \def\spcdn{\vspace*{1.00cm}} 9 \def\autwd{0.15\linewidth}\def\lnlg{110pt}\def\abswd{0.70\linewidth} 12 10 13 %% Color for document(frontpage banner, links and chapter boxes)14 \def \setmanualcolor{ \definecolor{manualcolor}{cmyk}{1, 0, 1, .4}}11 %% Color in cmyk model for manual theme (frontpage banner, links and chapter boxes) 12 \def\clr{1.0,0.0,1.0,0.4} 15 13 16 14 %% IPSL publication number 17 \def \ipslnum{28}15 \def\ipsl{28} 18 16 19 %% Zenodo ID, i.e. doi:10.5281/zenodo.\ ([0-9]*\)20 \def 17 %% Zenodo ID, i.e. doi:10.5281/zenodo.\zid 18 \def\zid{1471700} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/TOP/subfiles
- Property svn:ignore
-
old new 1 *.aux 2 *.bbl 3 *.blg 4 *.fdb* 5 *.fls 6 *.idx 1 7 *.ilg 2 8 *.ind 9 *.lo* 10 *.out 11 *.pdf 12 *.pyg 13 *.tdo 14 *.toc 15 *.xdv 16 cache*
-
- Property svn:ignore
-
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/TOP/subfiles/miscellaneous.tex
r11591 r14789 24 24 % 25 25 \begin{minted}{bash} 26 bld::tool::fppkeys key_ iomput key_mpp_mpikey_top26 bld::tool::fppkeys key_xios key_top 27 27 \end{minted} 28 28 … … 42 42 % 43 43 \begin{minted}{bash} 44 bld::tool::fppkeys key_ iomput key_mpp_mpikey_top44 bld::tool::fppkeys key_xios key_top 45 45 46 46 src::MYBGC::initialization <MYBGCPATH>/initialization … … 60 60 %Note that, the additional lines specific for the BGC model source and build paths, can be written into a separate file, e.g. named MYBGC.fcm, and then simply included in the cpp_NEMO_MYBGC.fcm as follow 61 61 % 62 %bld::tool::fppkeys key_zdftke key_dynspg_ts key_ iomput key_mpp_mpikey_top62 %bld::tool::fppkeys key_zdftke key_dynspg_ts key_xios key_top 63 63 %inc <MYBGCPATH>/MYBGC.fcm 64 64 %This will enable a more portable compilation structure for all MYBGC related configurations. -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/TOP/subfiles/model_description.tex
r11694 r14789 1 1 \documentclass[../main/TOP_manual]{subfiles} 2 3 \begin{document} 2 4 3 5 \newcommand{\cd}{\mathrm{CO_2}} … … 7 9 \newcommand{\Dcq}{\Delta ^{14}\mathrm{C}} 8 10 \newcommand{\Rq}{\mathrm{^{14}{R}}} 9 \newcommand{\CODE}[1]{\textsc{#1}}10 %\newcommand{\CODE}[1]{\textcolor{black}{\textsc{#1}}\xspace}11 12 \begin{document}13 11 14 12 \chapter{Model Description} … … 28 26 where expressions of $D^{lC}$ and $D^{vC}$ depend on the choice for the lateral and vertical subgrid scale parameterizations, see equations 5.10 and 5.11 in \citep{nemo_manual} 29 27 30 {S(C)} , the first term on the right hand side of \ref{Eq_tracer}; is the SMS - Source Minus Sink - inherent to the tracer. In the case of biological tracer such as phytoplankton, {S(C)} is the balance between phytoplankton growth and its decay through mortality and grazing. In the case of a tracer comprising carbon, {S(C)} accounts for gas exchange, river discharge, flux to the sediments, gravitational sinking and other biological processes. In the case of a radioactive tracer, {S(C)} is simply loss due to radioactive decay. 31 32 The second term (within brackets) represents the advection of the tracer in the three directions. It can be interpreted as the budget between the incoming and outgoing tracer fluxes in a volume $T$-cells $b_t= e_{1t}\,e_{2t}\,e_{3t}$ 28 {S(C)} , the first term on the right hand side of \autoref{Eq_tracer}; is the SMS - Source Minus Sink - inherent to the tracer. 29 In the case of biological tracer such as phytoplankton, {S(C)} is the balance between phytoplankton growth and its decay through mortality and grazing. 30 In the case of a tracer comprising carbon, {S(C)} accounts for gas exchange, river discharge, flux to the sediments, gravitational sinking and other biological processes. 31 In the case of a radioactive tracer, {S(C)} is simply loss due to radioactive decay. 32 33 The second term (within brackets) represents the advection of the tracer in the three directions. 34 It can be interpreted as the budget between the incoming and outgoing tracer fluxes in a volume $T$-cells $b_t= e_{1t}\,e_{2t}\,e_{3t}$ 33 35 34 36 The third term represents the change due to lateral diffusion. … … 46 48 \label{sec:TopInt} 47 49 48 TOP is the NEMO hardwired interface toward biogeochemical models and provide the physical constraints/boundaries for oceanic tracers. It consists of a modular framework to handle multiple ocean tracers, including also a variety of built-in modules. 50 TOP is the NEMO hardwired interface toward biogeochemical models and provide the physical constraints/boundaries for oceanic tracers. 51 It consists of a modular framework to handle multiple ocean tracers, including also a variety of built-in modules. 49 52 50 53 This component of the NEMO framework allows one to exploit available modules and further develop a range of applications, spanning from the implementation of a dye passive tracer to evaluate dispersion processes (by means of MY\_TRC), track water masses age (AGE module), assess the ocean interior penetration of persistent chemical compounds (e.g., gases like CFC or even PCBs), up to the full set of equations involving marine biogeochemical cycles. … … 61 64 \item \textbf{AGE} : Water age tracking 62 65 \item \textbf{MY\_TRC} : Template for creation of new modules and external BGC models coupling 63 \item \textbf{PISCES} : Built in BGC model. See \citep{aumont_2015} for a throughout description. 66 \item \textbf{PISCES} : Built in BGC model. 67 See \citep{aumont_2015} for a throughout description. 64 68 \end{itemize} 65 69 % ---------------------------------------------------------- … … 69 73 The passive tracer transport component shares the same advection/diffusion routines with the dynamics, with specific treatment of some features like the surface boundary conditions, or the positivity of passive tracers concentrations. 70 74 71 \subsection{Advection}75 \subsection{Advection} 72 76 %------------------------------------------namtrc_adv---------------------------------------------------- 73 77 \nlst{namtrc_adv} 74 78 %------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75 The advection schemes used for the passive tracers are the same than the ones for $T$ and $S$ and described in section 5.1 of \citep{nemo_manual}. The choice of an advection scheme can be selected independently and can differ from the ones used for active tracers. This choice is made in the \textit{namtrc\_adv} namelist, by setting to \textit{true} one and only one of the logicals \textit{ln\_trcadv\_xxx}, the same way of what is done for dynamics. 76 cen2, MUSCL2, and UBS are not \textit{positive} schemes meaning that negative values can appear in an initially strictly positive tracer field which is advected, implying that false extrema are permitted. Their use is not recommended on passive tracers 77 78 \subsection{ Lateral diffusion} 79 The advection schemes used for the passive tracers are the same than the ones for $T$ and $S$ and described in section 5.1 of \citep{nemo_manual}. 80 The choice of an advection scheme can be selected independently and can differ from the ones used for active tracers. 81 This choice is made in the \textit{namtrc\_adv} namelist, by setting to \textit{true} one and only one of the logicals \textit{ln\_trcadv\_xxx}, the same way of what is done for dynamics. 82 cen2, MUSCL2, and UBS are not \textit{positive} schemes meaning that negative values can appear in an initially strictly positive tracer field which is advected, implying that false extrema are permitted. 83 Their use is not recommended on passive tracers 84 85 \subsection{Lateral diffusion} 79 86 %------------------------------------------namtrc_ldf---------------------------------------------------- 80 87 \nlst{namtrc_ldf} 81 88 %------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82 In NEMO v4.0, the passive tracer diffusion has necessarily the same form as the active tracer diffusion, meaning that the numerical scheme must be the same. However the passive tracer mixing coefficient can be chosen as a multiple of the active ones by changing the value of \textit{rn\_ldf\_multi} in namelist \textit{namtrc\_ldf}. The choice of numerical scheme is then set in the \nam{namtra_ldf}{namtra\_ldf} namelist for the dynamic described in section 5.2 of \citep{nemo_manual}. 83 89 In NEMO v4.0, the passive tracer diffusion has necessarily the same form as the active tracer diffusion, meaning that the numerical scheme must be the same. 90 However the passive tracer mixing coefficient can be chosen as a multiple of the active ones by changing the value of \textit{rn\_ldf\_multi} in namelist \textit{namtrc\_ldf}. 91 The choice of numerical scheme is then set in the \forcode{&namtra_ldf} namelist for the dynamic described in section 5.2 of \citep{nemo_manual}. 84 92 85 93 %-----------------We also offers the possibility to increase zonal equatorial diffusion for passive tracers by introducing an enhanced zonal diffusivity coefficent in the equatorial domain which can be defined by the equation below : … … 88 96 %-----------------\end{equation} 89 97 90 \subsection{Tracer damping}98 \subsection{Tracer damping} 91 99 92 100 %------------------------------------------namtrc_dmp---------------------------------------------------- … … 94 102 %------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95 103 96 The use of newtonian damping to climatological fields or observations is also coded, sharing the same routine dans active tracers. Boolean variables are defined in the namelist\_top\_ref to select the tracers on which restoring is applied 97 Options are defined through the \nam{namtrc_dmp}{namtrc\_dmp} namelist variables. The restoring term is added when the namelist parameter \np{ln\_trcdmp} is set to true. The restoring coefficient is a three-dimensional array read in a file, which name is specified by the namelist variable \np{cn\_resto\_tr}. This netcdf file can be generated using the DMP\_TOOLS tool. 98 99 \subsection{ Tracer positivity} 104 The use of newtonian damping to climatological fields or observations is also coded, sharing the same routine dans active tracers. 105 Boolean variables are defined in the namelist\_top\_ref to select the tracers on which restoring is applied 106 Options are defined through the \nam{trc_dmp}{trc\_dmp} namelist variables. 107 The restoring term is added when the namelist parameter \np{ln\_trcdmp} is set to true. 108 The restoring coefficient is a three-dimensional array read in a file, which name is specified by the namelist variable \np{cn\_resto\_tr}. 109 This netcdf file can be generated using the DMP\_TOOLS tool. 110 111 \subsection{Tracer positivity} 100 112 101 113 %------------------------------------------namtrc_rad---------------------------------------------------- … … 103 115 %------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104 116 105 Sometimes, numerical scheme can generates negative values of passive tracers concentration that must be positive. For exemple, isopycnal diffusion can created extrema. The trcrad routine artificially corrects negative concentrations with a very crude solution that either sets negative concentration to zero without adjusting the tracer budget, or by removing negative concentration and keeping mass conservation. 106 The treatment of negative concentrations is an option and can be selected in the namelist \nam{namtrc_rad}{namtrc\_rad} by setting the parameter \np{ln\_trcrad} to true. 117 Sometimes, numerical scheme can generates negative values of passive tracers concentration that must be positive. 118 For exemple, isopycnal diffusion can created extrema. 119 The trcrad routine artificially corrects negative concentrations with a very crude solution that either sets negative concentration to zero without adjusting the tracer budget, or by removing negative concentration and keeping mass conservation. 120 The treatment of negative concentrations is an option and can be selected in the namelist \nam{trc_rad}{trc\_rad} by setting the parameter \np{ln\_trcrad} to true. 107 121 108 122 \section{The SMS modules} … … 119 133 %---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120 134 121 122 An `ideal age' tracer is integrated online in TOP when \textit{ln\_age} = \texttt{.true.} in namelist \textit{namtrc}. This tracer marks the length of time in units of years that fluid has spent in the interior of the ocean, insulated from exposure to the atmosphere. Thus, away from the surface for $z<-H_{\mathrm{Age}}$ where $H_{\mathrm{Age}}$ is specified by the \textit{namage} namelist variable \textit{rn\_age\_depth}, whose default value is 10~m, there is a source $\mathrm{SMS_{\mathrm{Age}}}$ of the age tracer $A$: 135 An `ideal age' tracer is integrated online in TOP when \textit{ln\_age} = \texttt{.true.} in namelist \textit{namtrc}. 136 This tracer marks the length of time in units of years that fluid has spent in the interior of the ocean, insulated from exposure to the atmosphere. 137 Thus, away from the surface for $z<-H_{\mathrm{Age}}$ where $H_{\mathrm{Age}}$ is specified by the \textit{namage} namelist variable \textit{rn\_age\_depth}, whose default value is 10~m, there is a source $\mathrm{SMS_{\mathrm{Age}}}$ of the age tracer $A$: 138 123 139 \begin{equation} 124 140 \label{eq:TOP-age-interior} 125 141 \mathrm{SMS_{\mathrm{Age}}} = 1 \mathrm{yr}\;^{-1} = 1/T_{\mathrm{year}}, 126 \end{equation} 127 where the length of the current year $T_{\mathrm{year}} = 86400*N_{\mathrm{days\;in\;current\; year}}\;\mathrm{s}$, where $N_{\mathrm{days\;in\;current\; year}}$ may be 366 or 365 depending on whether the current year is a leap year or not. 128 Near the surface, for $z>-H_{\mathrm{Age}}$, ideal age is relaxed back to zero: 142 \end{equation} 143 144 where the length of the current year $T_{\mathrm{year}} = 86400*N_{\mathrm{days\;in\;current\; year}}\;\mathrm{s}$, where $N_{\mathrm{days\;in\;current\; year}}$ may be 366 or 365 depending on whether the current year is a leap year or not. 145 Near the surface, for $z>-H_{\mathrm{Age}}$, ideal age is relaxed back to zero: 146 129 147 \begin{equation} 130 148 \label{eq:TOP-age-surface} 131 149 \mathrm{SMS_{\mathrm{Age}}} = -\lambda_{\mathrm{Age}}A, 132 \end{equation} 133 where the relaxation rate $\lambda_{\mathrm{Age}}$ (units $\mathrm{s}\;^{-1}$) is specified by the \textit{namage} namelist variable \textit{rn\_age\_kill\_rate} and has a default value of 1/7200~s. Since this relaxation is applied explicitly, this relaxation rate in principle should not exceed $1/\Delta t$, where $\Delta t$ is the time step used to step forward passive tracers (2 * \textit{nn\_dttrc * rn\_rdt} when the default leapfrog time-stepping scheme is employed). 134 135 Currently the 1-dimensional reference depth of the grid boxes is used rather than the dynamically evolving depth to determine whether the age tracer is incremented or relaxed to zero. This means that the tracer only works correctly in z-coordinates. To ensure that the forcing is independent of the level thicknesses, where the tracer cell at level $k$ has its upper face $z=-depw(k)$ above the depth $-H_{\mathrm{Age}}$, but its lower face $z=-depw(k+1)$ below that depth, then the age source 136 \begin{equation} 150 \end{equation} 151 152 where the relaxation rate $\lambda_{\mathrm{Age}}$ (units $\mathrm{s}\;^{-1}$) is specified by the \textit{namage} namelist variable \textit{rn\_age\_kill\_rate} and has a default value of 1/7200~s. 153 Since this relaxation is applied explicitly, this relaxation rate in principle should not exceed $1/\Delta t$, where $\Delta t$ is the time step used to step forward passive tracers (2 * \textit{nn\_dttrc * rn\_rdt} when the default leapfrog time-stepping scheme is employed). 154 155 Currently the 1-dimensional reference depth of the grid boxes is used rather than the dynamically evolving depth to determine whether the age tracer is incremented or relaxed to zero. 156 This means that the tracer only works correctly in z-coordinates. 157 To ensure that the forcing is independent of the level thicknesses, where the tracer cell at level $k$ has its upper face $z=-depw(k)$ above the depth $-H_{\mathrm{Age}}$, but its lower face $z=-depw(k+1)$ below that depth, then the age source 158 159 \begin{equation} 137 160 \label{eq:TOP-age-mixed} 138 161 \mathrm{SMS_{\mathrm{Age}}} = -f_{\mathrm{kill}}\lambda_{\mathrm{Age}}A +f_{\mathrm{add}}/T_{\mathrm{year}} , 139 \end{equation} 140 where 141 \begin{align} 162 \end{equation} 163 164 where 165 166 \begin{align} 142 167 f_{\mathrm{kill}} &= e3t_k^{-1}(H_{\mathrm{Age}} - depw(k)) , \\ 143 168 f_{\mathrm{add}} &= 1 - f_{\mathrm{kill}}. 144 145 146 147 169 \end{align} 170 171 172 This implementation was first used in the CORE-II intercomparison runs described e.g.\ in \citet{danabasoglu_2014}. 148 173 149 174 \subsection{Inert carbons tracer} … … 155 180 156 181 Chlorofluorocarbons 11 and 12 (CFC-11 and CFC-12), and sulfur hexafluoride (SF6), are synthetic chemicals manufactured for industrial and domestic applications from the early 20th century onwards. 157 CFC-11 (CCl$_{3}$F) is a volatile liquid at room temperature, and was widely used in refrigeration. CFC-12 (CCl$_{2}$F$_{2}$) is a gas at room temperature, and, like CFC-11, was widely used as a refrigerant, 158 and additionally as an aerosol propellant. SF6 (SF$_{6}$) is also a gas at room temperature, with a range of applications based around its property as an excellent electrical insulator (often replacing more toxic alternatives). 159 All three are relatively inert chemicals that are both non-toxic and non-flammable, and their wide use has led to their accumulation within the Earth's atmosphere. Large-scale production of CFC-11 and CFC-12 began in the 1930s, while production of SF6 began in the 1950s, and their atmospheric concentration time-histories are shown in Figure \ref{img_cfcatm}. 182 CFC-11 (CCl$_{3}$F) is a volatile liquid at room temperature, and was widely used in refrigeration. 183 CFC-12 (CCl$_{2}$F$_{2}$) is a gas at room temperature, and, like CFC-11, was widely used as a refrigerant, 184 and additionally as an aerosol propellant. 185 SF6 (SF$_{6}$) is also a gas at room temperature, with a range of applications based around its property as an excellent electrical insulator (often replacing more toxic alternatives). 186 All three are relatively inert chemicals that are both non-toxic and non-flammable, and their wide use has led to their accumulation within the Earth's atmosphere. 187 Large-scale production of CFC-11 and CFC-12 began in the 1930s, while production of SF6 began in the 1950s, and their atmospheric concentration time-histories are shown in Figure \autoref{img_cfcatm}. 160 188 As can be seen in the figure, while the concentration of SF6 continues to rise to the present day, the concentrations of both CFC-11 and CFC-12 have levelled off and declined since around the 1990s. 161 189 These declines have been driven by the Montreal Protocol (effective since August 1989), which has banned the production of CFC-11 and CFC-12 (as well as other CFCs) because of their role in the depletion of 162 stratospheric ozone (O$_{3}$), critical in decreasing the flux of ultraviolet radiation to the Earth's surface. Separate to this role in ozone-depletion, all three chemicals are significantly more potent greenhouse gases 190 stratospheric ozone (O$_{3}$), critical in decreasing the flux of ultraviolet radiation to the Earth's surface. 191 Separate to this role in ozone-depletion, all three chemicals are significantly more potent greenhouse gases 163 192 than CO$_{2}$ (especially SF6), although their relatively low atmospheric concentrations limit their role in climate change. \\ 164 193 … … 171 200 % This release began in the 1930s for CFC-11 and CFC-12, and the 1950s for SF6, and 172 201 % regularly increasing their atmospheric concentration until the 1090s, 2000s for respectively CFC11, CFC12, 173 % and is still increasing, and SF6 (see Figure \ ref{img_cfcatm}). \\202 % and is still increasing, and SF6 (see Figure \autoref{img_cfcatm}). \\ 174 203 175 204 The ocean is a notable sink for all three gases, and their relatively recent occurrence in the atmosphere, coupled to the ease of making high precision measurements of their dissolved concentrations, has made them … … 177 206 Because they only enter the ocean via surface air-sea exchange, and are almost completely chemically and biologically inert, their distribution within the ocean interior reveals its ventilation via transport and mixing. 178 207 Measuring the dissolved concentrations of the gases -- as well as the mixing ratios between them -- shows circulation pathways within the ocean as well as water mass ages (i.e. the time since last contact with the 179 atmosphere). This feature of the gases has made them valuable across a wide range of oceanographic problems. One use lies in ocean modelling, where they can be used to evaluate the realism of the circulation and 208 atmosphere). 209 This feature of the gases has made them valuable across a wide range of oceanographic problems. 210 One use lies in ocean modelling, where they can be used to evaluate the realism of the circulation and 180 211 ventilation of models, key for understanding the behaviour of wider modelled marine biogeochemistry (e.g. \citep{dutay_2002,palmieri_2015}). \\ 181 212 182 Modelling these gases (henceforth CFCs) in NEMO is done within the passive tracer transport module, TOP, using the conservation state equation \ ref{Eq_tracer}213 Modelling these gases (henceforth CFCs) in NEMO is done within the passive tracer transport module, TOP, using the conservation state equation \autoref{Eq_tracer} 183 214 184 215 Advection and diffusion of the CFCs in NEMO are calculated by the physical module, OPA, … … 198 229 \end{eqnarray} 199 230 200 Where $K_{w}$ is the piston velocity (in m~s$^{-1}$), as defined in Equation \ ref{equ_Kw};201 $C_{sat}$ is the saturation concentration of the CFC tracer, as defined in Equation \ ref{equ_C_sat};231 Where $K_{w}$ is the piston velocity (in m~s$^{-1}$), as defined in Equation \autoref{equ_Kw}; 232 $C_{sat}$ is the saturation concentration of the CFC tracer, as defined in Equation \autoref{equ_C_sat}; 202 233 $C_{surf}$ is the local surface concentration of the CFC tracer within the model (in mol~m$^{-3}$); 203 234 and $f_{i}$ is the fractional sea-ice cover of the local ocean (ranging between 0.0 for ice-free ocean, … … 211 242 \end{eqnarray} 212 243 213 Where $Sol$ is the gas solubility in mol~m$^{-3}$~pptv$^{-1}$, as defined in Equation \ ref{equ_Sol_CFC};244 Where $Sol$ is the gas solubility in mol~m$^{-3}$~pptv$^{-1}$, as defined in Equation \autoref{equ_Sol_CFC}; 214 245 and $P_{cfc}$ is the atmosphere concentration of the CFC (in parts per trillion by volume, pptv). 215 246 This latter concentration is provided to the model by the historical time-series of \citet{bullister_2017}. … … 231 262 $a$ is a constant re-estimated by \citet{wanninkhof_2014} to 0.251 (in $\frac{cm~h^{-1}}{(m~s^{-1})^{2}}$); 232 263 and $u$ is the 10~m wind speed in m~s$^{-1}$ from either an atmosphere model or reanalysis atmospheric forcing. 233 $Sc$ is the Schmidt number, and is calculated as follow, using coefficients from \citet{wanninkhof_2014} (see Table \ ref{tab_Sc}).264 $Sc$ is the Schmidt number, and is calculated as follow, using coefficients from \citet{wanninkhof_2014} (see Table \autoref{tab_Sc}). 234 265 235 266 \begin{eqnarray} … … 238 269 \end{eqnarray} 239 270 240 The solubility, $Sol$, used in Equation \ ref{equ_C_sat} is calculated in mol~l$^{-1}$~atm$^{-1}$,271 The solubility, $Sol$, used in Equation \autoref{equ_C_sat} is calculated in mol~l$^{-1}$~atm$^{-1}$, 241 272 and is specific for each gas. 242 273 It has been experimentally estimated by \citet{warner_1985} as a function of temperature … … 260 291 261 292 Where $T_{X}$ is $\frac{T + 273.16}{100}$, a function of temperature; 262 and the $a_{x}$ and $b_{x}$ coefficients are specific for each gas (see Table \ ref{tab_ref_CFC}).293 and the $a_{x}$ and $b_{x}$ coefficients are specific for each gas (see Table \autoref{tab_ref_CFC}). 263 294 This is then converted to mol~m$^{-3}$~pptv$^{-1}$ assuming a constant atmospheric surface pressure of 1~atm. 264 295 The solubility of CFCs thus decreases with rising $T$ while being relatively insensitive to salinity changes. 265 Consequently, this translates to a pattern of solubility where it is greatest in cold, polar regions (see Figure \ ref{img_cfcsol}).296 Consequently, this translates to a pattern of solubility where it is greatest in cold, polar regions (see Figure \autoref{img_cfcsol}). 266 297 267 298 % AXY: not 100% sure about the units below; they might be in nanomol, or in seconds or years 268 299 269 300 The standard outputs of the CFC module are seawater CFC concentrations (in mol~m$^{-3}$), the net air-sea flux (in mol~m$^{-2}$~d$^{-1}$) and the cumulative net air-sea flux (in mol~m$^{-2}$). 270 Using XIOS, it is possible to obtain outputs such as the vertical integral of CFC concentrations (in mol~m$^{-2}$; see Figure \ ref{img_cfcinv}).301 Using XIOS, it is possible to obtain outputs such as the vertical integral of CFC concentrations (in mol~m$^{-2}$; see Figure \autoref{img_cfcinv}). 271 302 This property, when divided by the surface CFC concentration, estimates the local penetration depth (in m) of the CFC. 272 303 … … 285 316 286 317 \begin{table}[!t] 287 \caption{Coefficients for fit of the CFCs solubility (Eq. \ ref{equ_Sol_CFC}).}318 \caption{Coefficients for fit of the CFCs solubility (Eq. \autoref{equ_Sol_CFC}).} 288 319 \vskip4mm 289 320 \centering … … 302 333 303 334 \begin{table}[!t] 304 \caption{Coefficients for fit of the CFCs Schmidt number (Eq. \ ref{equ_Sc}). }335 \caption{Coefficients for fit of the CFCs Schmidt number (Eq. \autoref{equ_Sc}). } 305 336 \vskip4mm 306 337 \centering … … 353 384 %---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 354 385 355 The C14 package implemented in NEMO by Anne Mouchet models ocean $\Dcq$. It offers several possibilities: $\Dcq$ as a physical tracer of the ocean ventilation (natural $\cq$), assessment of bomb radiocarbon uptake, as well as transient studies of paleo-historical ocean radiocarbon distributions. 386 The C14 package implemented in NEMO by Anne Mouchet models ocean $\Dcq$. 387 It offers several possibilities: $\Dcq$ as a physical tracer of the ocean ventilation (natural $\cq$), assessment of bomb radiocarbon uptake, as well as transient studies of paleo-historical ocean radiocarbon distributions. 356 388 357 389 \subsubsection{Method} 358 390 359 Let $\Rq$ represent the ratio of $\cq$ atoms to the total number of carbon atoms in the sample, i.e. $\cq/\mathrm{C}$. Then, radiocarbon anomalies are reported as 391 Let $\Rq$ represent the ratio of $\cq$ atoms to the total number of carbon atoms in the sample, i.e. $\cq/\mathrm{C}$. 392 Then, radiocarbon anomalies are reported as 393 360 394 \begin{equation} 361 395 \Dcq = \left( \frac{\Rq}{\Rq_\mathrm{ref}} - 1 \right) 10^3, \label{eq:c14dcq} 362 396 \end{equation} 363 where $\Rq_{\textrm{ref}}$ is a reference ratio. For the purpose of ocean ventilation studies $\Rq_{\textrm{ref}}$ is set to one. 397 398 where $\Rq_{\textrm{ref}}$ is a reference ratio. 399 For the purpose of ocean ventilation studies $\Rq_{\textrm{ref}}$ is set to one. 364 400 365 401 Here we adopt the approach of \cite{fiadeiro_1982} and \cite{toggweiler_1989a,toggweiler_1989b} in which the ratio $\Rq$ is transported rather than the individual concentrations C and $\cq$. 366 This approach calls for a strong assumption, i.e., that of a homogeneous and constant dissolved inorganic carbon (DIC) field \citep{toggweiler_1989a,mouchet_2013}. While in terms of 367 oceanic $\Dcq$, it yields similar results to approaches involving carbonate chemistry, it underestimates the bomb radiocarbon inventory because it assumes a constant air-sea $\cd$ disequilibrium (Mouchet, 2013). Yet, field reconstructions of the ocean bomb $\cq$ inventory are also biased low \citep{naegler_2009} since they assume that the anthropogenic perturbation did not affect ocean DIC since the pre-bomb epoch. For these reasons, bomb $\cq$ inventories obtained with the present method are directly comparable to reconstructions based on field measurements. 368 369 This simplified approach also neglects the effects of fractionation (e.g., air-sea exchange) and of biological processes. Previous studies by \cite{bacastow_1990} and \cite{joos_1997} resulted in nearly identical $\Dcq$ distributions among experiments considering biology or not. 402 This approach calls for a strong assumption, i.e., that of a homogeneous and constant dissolved inorganic carbon (DIC) field \citep{toggweiler_1989a,mouchet_2013}. 403 While in terms of 404 oceanic $\Dcq$, it yields similar results to approaches involving carbonate chemistry, it underestimates the bomb radiocarbon inventory because it assumes a constant air-sea $\cd$ disequilibrium (Mouchet, 2013). 405 Yet, field reconstructions of the ocean bomb $\cq$ inventory are also biased low \citep{naegler_2009} since they assume that the anthropogenic perturbation did not affect ocean DIC since the pre-bomb epoch. 406 For these reasons, bomb $\cq$ inventories obtained with the present method are directly comparable to reconstructions based on field measurements. 407 408 This simplified approach also neglects the effects of fractionation (e.g., air-sea exchange) and of biological processes. 409 Previous studies by \cite{bacastow_1990} and \cite{joos_1997} resulted in nearly identical $\Dcq$ distributions among experiments considering biology or not. 370 410 Since observed $\Rq$ ratios are corrected for the isotopic fractionation when converted to the standard $\Dcq$ notation \citep{stuiver_1977} the model results are directly comparable to observations. 371 411 … … 373 413 374 414 The equation governing the transport of $\Rq$ in the ocean is 415 375 416 \begin{equation} 376 417 \frac{\partial}{\partial t} {\Rq} = - \bigtriangledown \cdot ( \mathbf{u} \Rq - \mathbf{K} \cdot \bigtriangledown \Rq ) - \lambda \Rq, \label{eq:quick} 377 418 \end{equation} 419 378 420 where $\lambda$ is the radiocarbon decay rate, ${\mathbf{u}}$ the 3-D velocity field, and $\mathbf{K}$ the diffusivity tensor. 379 421 380 At the air-sea interface a Robin boundary condition \citep{haine_2006} is applied to \ eqref{eq:quick}, i.e., the flux422 At the air-sea interface a Robin boundary condition \citep{haine_2006} is applied to \autoref{eq:quick}, i.e., the flux 381 423 through the interface is proportional to the difference in the ratios between 382 424 the ocean and the atmosphere 425 383 426 \begin{equation} 384 427 \mathcal{\!F} = \kappa_{R} (\Rq - \Rq_{a} ), \label{eq:BCR} 385 428 \end{equation} 386 where $\mathcal{\!F}$ is the flux out of the ocean, and $\Rq_{a}$ is the atmospheric $\cq/\mathrm{C}$ ratio. The transfer velocity $ \kappa_{R} $ for the radiocarbon ratio in \eqref{eq:BCR} is computed as 429 430 where $\mathcal{\!F}$ is the flux out of the ocean, and $\Rq_{a}$ is the atmospheric $\cq/\mathrm{C}$ ratio. 431 The transfer velocity $ \kappa_{R} $ for the radiocarbon ratio in \autoref{eq:BCR} is computed as 432 387 433 \begin{equation} 388 434 \kappa_{R} = \frac{\kappa_{\cd} K_0}{\overline{\Ct}} \, \pacd \label{eq:Rspeed} 389 435 \end{equation} 436 390 437 with $\kappa_{\cd}$ the carbon dioxide transfer or piston velocity, $K_0$ the $\cd$ solubility in seawater, $\pacd$ the atmospheric $\cd$ pressure at sea level, and $\overline{\Ct}$ the average sea-surface dissolved inorganic carbon concentration. 391 438 392 393 The $\cd$ transfer velocity is based on the empirical formulation of \cite{wanninkhof_1992} with chemical enhancement \citep{wanninkhof_1996,wanninkhof_2014}. The original formulation is modified to account for the reduction of the air-sea exchange rate in the presence of sea ice. Hence 439 The $\cd$ transfer velocity is based on the empirical formulation of \cite{wanninkhof_1992} with chemical enhancement \citep{wanninkhof_1996,wanninkhof_2014}. 440 The original formulation is modified to account for the reduction of the air-sea exchange rate in the presence of sea ice. 441 Hence 442 394 443 \begin{equation} 395 444 \kappa_\cd=\left( K_W\,\mathrm{w}^2 + b \right)\, (1-f_\mathrm{ice})\,\sqrt{660/Sc}, \label{eq:wanc14} 396 445 \end{equation} 397 446 with $\mathrm{w}$ the wind magnitude, $f_\mathrm{ice}$ the fractional ice cover, and $Sc$ the Schmidt number. 398 $K_W$ in \ eqref{eq:wanc14} is an empirical coefficient with dimension of an inverse velocity.447 $K_W$ in \autoref{eq:wanc14} is an empirical coefficient with dimension of an inverse velocity. 399 448 The chemical enhancement term $b$ is represented as a function of temperature $T$ \citep{wanninkhof_1992} 400 449 \begin{equation} … … 402 451 \end{equation} 403 452 404 %We compare the results of equilibrium and transient experiments obtained with both methods in section \ ref{sec:UNDEU}.453 %We compare the results of equilibrium and transient experiments obtained with both methods in section \autoref{sec:UNDEU}. 405 454 406 455 % … … 413 462 \label{sec:param} 414 463 % 415 The radiocarbon decay rate (\CODE{rlam14}; in \texttt{trcnam\_c14} module) is set to $\lambda=(1/8267)$ yr$^{-1}$ \citep{stuiver_1977}, which corresponds to a half-life of 5730 yr.\\[1pt] 416 % 417 The Schmidt number $Sc$, Eq. \eqref{eq:wanc14}, is calculated with the help of the formulation of \cite{wanninkhof_2014}. The $\cd$ solubility $K_0$ in \eqref{eq:Rspeed} is taken from \cite{weiss_1974}. $K_0$ and $Sc$ are computed with the OGCM temperature and salinity fields (\texttt{trcsms\_c14} module).\\[1pt] 464 The radiocarbon decay rate (\forcode{rlam14}; in \texttt{trcnam\_c14} module) is set to $\lambda=(1/8267)$ yr$^{-1}$ \citep{stuiver_1977}, which corresponds to a half-life of 5730 yr.\\[1pt] 465 % 466 The Schmidt number $Sc$, Eq. \autoref{eq:wanc14}, is calculated with the help of the formulation of \cite{wanninkhof_2014}. 467 The $\cd$ solubility $K_0$ in \autoref{eq:Rspeed} is taken from \cite{weiss_1974}. $K_0$ and $Sc$ are computed with the OGCM temperature and salinity fields (\texttt{trcsms\_c14} module).\\[1pt] 418 468 % 419 469 The following parameters intervening in the air-sea exchange rate are set in \texttt{namelist\_c14}: 470 420 471 \begin{itemize} 421 \item The reference DIC concentration $\overline{\Ct}$ (\ CODE{xdicsur}) intervening in \eqref{eq:Rspeed} is classically set to 2 mol m$^{-3}$ \citep{toggweiler_1989a,orr_2001,butzin_2005}.422 % 423 \item The value of the empirical coefficient $K_W$ (\ CODE{xkwind}) in \eqref{eq:wanc14} depends on the wind field and on the model upper ocean mixing rate \citep{toggweiler_1989a,wanninkhof_1992,naegler_2009,wanninkhof_2014}.472 \item The reference DIC concentration $\overline{\Ct}$ (\forcode{xdicsur}) intervening in \autoref{eq:Rspeed} is classically set to 2 mol m$^{-3}$ \citep{toggweiler_1989a,orr_2001,butzin_2005}. 473 % 474 \item The value of the empirical coefficient $K_W$ (\forcode{xkwind}) in \autoref{eq:wanc14} depends on the wind field and on the model upper ocean mixing rate \citep{toggweiler_1989a,wanninkhof_1992,naegler_2009,wanninkhof_2014}. 424 475 It should be adjusted so that the globally averaged $\cd$ piston velocity is $\kappa_\cd = 16.5\pm 3.2$ cm/h \citep{naegler_2009}. 425 %The sensitivity to this parametrization is discussed in section \ ref{sec:result}.426 % 427 \item Chemical enhancement (term $b$ in Eq. \ ref{eq:wanchem}) may be set on/off by means of the logical variable \CODE{ln\_chemh}.476 %The sensitivity to this parametrization is discussed in section \autoref{sec:result}. 477 % 478 \item Chemical enhancement (term $b$ in Eq. \autoref{eq:wanchem}) may be set on/off by means of the logical variable \forcode{ln\_chemh}. 428 479 \end{itemize} 429 480 430 481 % 431 482 \paragraph{Experiment type} 432 The type of experiment is determined by the value given to \CODE{kc14typ} in \texttt{namelist\_c14}. There are three possibilities: 483 The type of experiment is determined by the value given to \forcode{kc14typ} in \texttt{namelist\_c14}. 484 There are three possibilities: 485 433 486 \begin{enumerate} 434 \item natural $\Dcq$: \CODE{kc14typ}=0435 \item bomb $\Dcq$: \CODE{kc14typ}=1436 \item transient paleo-historical $\Dcq$: \ CODE{kc14typ}=2487 \item natural $\Dcq$: \forcode{kc14typ}=0 488 \item bomb $\Dcq$: \forcode{kc14typ}=1 489 \item transient paleo-historical $\Dcq$: \forcode{kc14typ}=2 437 490 \end{enumerate} 438 % 491 492 % 439 493 \textbf{Natural or Equilibrium radiocarbon} 440 \CODE{kc14typ}=0 441 442 Unless otherwise specified in \texttt{namelist\_c14}, the atmospheric $\Rq_a$ (\CODE{rc14at}) is set to one, the atmospheric $\cd$ (\CODE{pco2at}) to 280 ppm, and the ocean $\Rq$ is initialized with \CODE{rc14init=0.85}, i.e., $\Dcq=$-150\textperthousand \cite[typical for deep-ocean, Fig 6 in][]{key_2004}. 443 444 Equilibrium experiment should last until 98\% of the ocean volume exhibit a drift of less than 0.001\textperthousand/year \citep{orr_2000}; this is usually achieved after few kyr (Fig. \ref{fig:drift}). 445 % 494 \forcode{kc14typ}=0 495 496 Unless otherwise specified in \texttt{namelist\_c14}, the atmospheric $\Rq_a$ (\forcode{rc14at}) is set to one, the atmospheric $\cd$ (\forcode{pco2at}) to 280 ppm, and the ocean $\Rq$ is initialized with \forcode{rc14init=0.85}, i.e., $\Dcq=$-150\textperthousand \cite[typical for deep-ocean, Fig 6 in][]{key_2004}. 497 498 Equilibrium experiment should last until 98\% of the ocean volume exhibit a drift of less than 0.001\textperthousand/year \citep{orr_2000}; this is usually achieved after few kyr (Fig. \autoref{fig:drift}). 499 % 500 446 501 \begin{figure}[!h] 447 502 \begin{center} … … 449 504 \end{center} 450 505 \vspace{-4ex} 451 \caption{ Time evolution of $\Rq$ inventory anomaly for equilibrium run with homogeneous ocean initial state. The anomaly (or drift) is given in \% change in total ocean inventory per 50 years. Time on x-axis is in simulation year.\label{fig:drift} } 506 \caption{ Time evolution of $\Rq$ inventory anomaly for equilibrium run with homogeneous ocean initial state. 507 The anomaly (or drift) is given in \% change in total ocean inventory per 50 years. 508 Time on x-axis is in simulation year.\label{fig:drift} } 452 509 \end{figure} 453 510 454 511 \textbf{Transient: Bomb} 455 512 \label{sec:bomb} 456 \ CODE{kc14typ}=1513 \forcode{kc14typ}=1 457 514 458 515 \begin{figure}[!h] … … 461 518 \end{center} 462 519 \vspace{-4ex} 463 \caption{Atmospheric $\Dcq$ (solid; left axis) and $\cd$ (dashed; right axis) forcing for the $\cq$-bomb experiments. The $\Dcq$ is illustrated for the three zonal bands (upper, middle, and lower curves correspond to latitudes $> 20$N, $\in [20\mathrm{S},20\mathrm{N}]$, and $< 20$S, respectively.} \label{fig:bomb} 520 \caption{Atmospheric $\Dcq$ (solid; left axis) and $\cd$ (dashed; right axis) forcing for the $\cq$-bomb experiments. 521 The $\Dcq$ is illustrated for the three zonal bands (upper, middle, and lower curves correspond to latitudes $> 20$N, $\in [20\mathrm{S},20\mathrm{N}]$, and $< 20$S, respectively.} \label{fig:bomb} 464 522 \end{figure} 465 523 466 Performing this type of experiment requires that a pre-industrial equilibrium run be performed beforehand (\CODE{ln\_rsttr} should be set to \texttt{.TRUE.}). 467 468 An exception to this rule is when wishing to perform a perturbation bomb experiment as was possible with the package \texttt{C14b}. It is still possible to easily set-up that type of transient experiment for which no previous run is needed. In addition to the instructions as given in this section it is however necessary to adapt the \texttt{atmc14.dat} file so that it does no longer contain any negative $\Dcq$ values (Suess effect in the pre-bomb period). 469 470 The model is integrated from a given initial date following the observed records provided from 1765 AD on ( Fig. \ref{fig:bomb}). 471 The file \texttt{atmc14.dat} \cite[][\& I. Levin, personal comm.]{enting_1994} provides atmospheric $\Dcq$ for three latitudinal bands: 90S-20S, 20S-20N \& 20N-90N. 472 Atmospheric $\cd$ in the file \texttt{splco2.dat} is obtained from a spline fit through ice core data and direct atmospheric measurements \cite[][\& J. Orr, personal comm.]{orr_2000}. 524 Performing this type of experiment requires that a pre-industrial equilibrium run be performed beforehand (\forcode{ln\_rsttr} should be set to \texttt{.TRUE.}). 525 526 An exception to this rule is when wishing to perform a perturbation bomb experiment as was possible with the package \texttt{C14b}. 527 It is still possible to easily set-up that type of transient experiment for which no previous run is needed. 528 In addition to the instructions as given in this section it is however necessary to adapt the \texttt{atmc14.dat} file so that it does no longer contain any negative $\Dcq$ values (Suess effect in the pre-bomb period). 529 530 The model is integrated from a given initial date following the observed records provided from 1765 AD on ( Fig. \autoref{fig:bomb}). 531 The file \texttt{atmc14.dat} \cite[][\& I. 532 Levin, personal comm.]{enting_1994} provides atmospheric $\Dcq$ for three latitudinal bands: 90S-20S, 20S-20N \& 20N-90N. 533 Atmospheric $\cd$ in the file \texttt{splco2.dat} is obtained from a spline fit through ice core data and direct atmospheric measurements \cite[][\& J. 534 Orr, personal comm.]{orr_2000}. 473 535 Dates in these forcing files are expressed as yr AD. 474 536 475 537 To ensure that the atmospheric forcing is applied properly as well as that output files contain consistent dates and inventories the experiment should be set up carefully: 538 476 539 \begin{itemize} 477 \item Specify the starting date of the experiment: \ CODE{nn\_date0} in \texttt{namelist}. \CODE{nn\_date0} is written as Year0101 where Year may take any positive value (AD).478 \item Then the parameters \ CODE{nn\_rstctl} in \texttt{namelist} (on-line) and \CODE{nn\_rsttr} in \texttt{namelist\_top} (off-line) must be \textbf{set to 0} at the start of the experiment (force the date to \CODE{nn\_date0} for the \textbf{first} experiment year).479 \item These two parameters (\ CODE{nn\_rstctl} and \CODE{nn\_rsttr}) have then to be \textbf{set to 2} for the following years (the date must be read in the restart file).540 \item Specify the starting date of the experiment: \forcode{nn\_date0} in \texttt{namelist}. \forcode{nn\_date0} is written as Year0101 where Year may take any positive value (AD). 541 \item Then the parameters \forcode{nn\_rstctl} in \texttt{namelist} (on-line) and \forcode{nn\_rsttr} in \texttt{namelist\_top} (off-line) must be \textbf{set to 0} at the start of the experiment (force the date to \forcode{nn\_date0} for the \textbf{first} experiment year). 542 \item These two parameters (\forcode{nn\_rstctl} and \forcode{nn\_rsttr}) have then to be \textbf{set to 2} for the following years (the date must be read in the restart file). 480 543 \end{itemize} 481 If the experiment date is outside the data time span then the first or last atmospheric concentrations are prescribed depending on whether the date is earlier or later. Note that \CODE{tyrc14\_beg} (\texttt{namelist\_c14}) is not used in this context. 544 545 If the experiment date is outside the data time span then the first or last atmospheric concentrations are prescribed depending on whether the date is earlier or later. 546 Note that \forcode{tyrc14\_beg} (\texttt{namelist\_c14}) is not used in this context. 482 547 483 548 % 484 549 \textbf{Transient: Past} 485 \ CODE{kc14typ}=2550 \forcode{kc14typ}=2 486 551 % 487 552 \begin{figure}[!h] … … 490 555 \end{center} 491 556 \vspace{-4ex} 492 \caption{Atmospheric $\Dcq$ (solid) and $\cd$ (dashed) forcing for the Paleo experiments. The $\cd$ scale is given on the right axis.} \label{fig:paleo} 557 \caption{Atmospheric $\Dcq$ (solid) and $\cd$ (dashed) forcing for the Paleo experiments. 558 The $\cd$ scale is given on the right axis.} \label{fig:paleo} 493 559 \end{figure} 494 560 495 This experiment type does not need a previous equilibrium run. It should start 5--6 kyr earlier than the period to be analyzed. 496 Atmospheric $\Rq_a$ and $\cd$ are prescribed from forcing files. The ocean $\Rq$ is initialized with the value attributed to \CODE{rc14init} in \texttt{namelist\_c14}. 561 This experiment type does not need a previous equilibrium run. 562 It should start 5--6 kyr earlier than the period to be analyzed. 563 Atmospheric $\Rq_a$ and $\cd$ are prescribed from forcing files. 564 The ocean $\Rq$ is initialized with the value attributed to \forcode{rc14init} in \texttt{namelist\_c14}. 497 565 498 566 The file \texttt{intcal13.14c} \citep{reimer_2013} contains atmospheric $\Dcq$ from 0 to 50 kyr cal BP\footnote{cal BP: number of years before 1950 AD}. 499 The $\cd$ forcing is provided in file \texttt{ByrdEdcCO2.txt}. The content of this file is based on the high resolution record from EPICA Dome C \citep{monnin_2004} for the Holocene and the Transition, and on Byrd Ice Core CO2 Data for 20--90 kyr BP \citep{ahn_2008}. These atmospheric values are reproduced in Fig. \ref{fig:paleo}. Dates in these files are expressed as yr BP. 567 The $\cd$ forcing is provided in file \texttt{ByrdEdcCO2.txt}. 568 The content of this file is based on the high resolution record from EPICA Dome C \citep{monnin_2004} for the Holocene and the Transition, and on Byrd Ice Core CO2 Data for 20--90 kyr BP \citep{ahn_2008}. 569 These atmospheric values are reproduced in Fig. \autoref{fig:paleo}. 570 Dates in these files are expressed as yr BP. 500 571 501 572 To ensure that the atmospheric forcing is applied properly as well as that output files contain consistent dates and inventories the experiment should be set up carefully. 502 The true experiment starting date is given by \CODE{tyrc14\_beg} (in yr BP) in \texttt{namelist\_c14}. In consequence, \CODE{nn\_date0} in \texttt{namelist} MUST be set to 00010101.\\ 503 Then the parameters \CODE{nn\_rstctl} in \texttt{namelist} (on-line) and \CODE{nn\_rsttr} in \texttt{namelist\_top} (off-line) must be set to 0 at the start of the experiment (force the date to \CODE{nn\_date0} for the first experiment year). These two parameters have then to be set to 2 for the following years (read the date in the restart file). \\ 504 If the experiment date is outside the data time span then the first or last atmospheric concentrations are prescribed depending on whether the date is earlier or later. 573 The true experiment starting date is given by \forcode{tyrc14\_beg} (in yr BP) in \texttt{namelist\_c14}. 574 In consequence, \forcode{nn\_date0} in \texttt{namelist} MUST be set to 00010101.\\ 575 Then the parameters \forcode{nn\_rstctl} in \texttt{namelist} (on-line) and \forcode{nn\_rsttr} in \texttt{namelist\_top} (off-line) must be set to 0 at the start of the experiment (force the date to \forcode{nn\_date0} for the first experiment year). 576 These two parameters have then to be set to 2 for the following years (read the date in the restart file). \\ 577 If the experiment date is outside the data time span then the first or last atmospheric concentrations are prescribed depending on whether the date is earlier or later. 505 578 506 579 % 507 580 \paragraph{Model output} 508 581 \label{sec:output} 509 All output fields in Table \ref{tab:out} are routinely computed. It depends on the actual settings in \texttt{iodef.xml} whether they are stored or not. 582 583 All output fields in Table \autoref{tab:out} are routinely computed. 584 It depends on the actual settings in \texttt{iodef.xml} whether they are stored or not. 510 585 % 511 586 \begin{table}[!h] 512 587 \begin{center} 513 \caption{Standard output fields for the C14 package \label{tab:out}. 514 } 588 \caption{Standard output fields for the C14 package \label{tab:out}.} 515 589 %\begin{small} 516 590 \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.3}% 517 591 \begin{tabular}[h]{|l*{3}{|c}|l|} 518 592 \hline 519 Field & Type & Dim & Units & Description\\ \hline520 RC14 & ptrc & 3-D & - & Radiocarbon ratio\\521 DeltaC14 & diad & 3-D & \textperthousand & $\Dcq$\\522 C14Age & diad & 3-D & yr & Radiocarbon age\\523 RAge & diad & 2-D & yr & Reservoir age\\524 qtr\_c14 & diad & 2-D & m$^{-2}$ yr$^{-1}$ & Air-to-sea net $\Rq$ flux\\525 qint\_c14 & diad & 2-D & m$^{-2}$ & Cumulative air-to-sea $\Rq$ flux\\526 AtmCO2 & scalar & 0-D & ppm & Global atmospheric $\cd$\\527 AtmC14 & scalar & 0-D & \textperthousand & Global atmospheric $\Dcq$\\528 K\_CO2 & scalar & 0-D & cm h$^{-1}$& Global $\cd$ piston velocity ($ \overline{\kappa_{\cd}}$) \\529 K\_C14 & scalar & 0-D &m yr$^{-1}$ & Global $\Rq$ transfer velocity ($ \overline{\kappa_R}$)\\530 C14Inv & scalar & 0-D & $10^{26}$ atoms & Ocean radiocarbon inventory\\ \hline593 Field & Type & Dim & Units & Description \\ \hline 594 RC14 & ptrc & 3-D & - & Radiocarbon ratio \\ 595 DeltaC14 & diad & 3-D & \textperthousand & $\Dcq$ \\ 596 C14Age & diad & 3-D & yr & Radiocarbon age \\ 597 RAge & diad & 2-D & yr & Reservoir age \\ 598 qtr\_c14 & diad & 2-D & m$^{-2}$ yr$^{-1}$ & Air-to-sea net $\Rq$ flux \\ 599 qint\_c14 & diad & 2-D & m$^{-2}$ & Cumulative air-to-sea $\Rq$ flux \\ 600 AtmCO2 & scalar & 0-D & ppm & Global atmospheric $\cd$ \\ 601 AtmC14 & scalar & 0-D & \textperthousand & Global atmospheric $\Dcq$ \\ 602 K\_CO2 & scalar & 0-D & cm h$^{-1}$ & Global $\cd$ piston velocity ($ \overline{\kappa_{\cd}}$) \\ 603 K\_C14 & scalar & 0-D & m yr$^{-1}$ & Global $\Rq$ transfer velocity ($ \overline{\kappa_R}$) \\ 604 C14Inv & scalar & 0-D & $10^{26}$ atoms & Ocean radiocarbon inventory \\ \hline 531 605 \end{tabular} 532 606 %\end{small} … … 539 613 The radiocarbon age is computed as $(-1/\lambda) \ln{ \left( \Rq \right)}$, with zero age corresponding to $\Rq=1$. 540 614 541 The reservoir age is the age difference between the ocean uppermost layer and the atmosphere. It is usually reported as conventional radiocarbon age; i.e., computed by means of the Libby radiocarbon mean life \cite[8033 yr;][]{stuiver_1977} 615 The reservoir age is the age difference between the ocean uppermost layer and the atmosphere. 616 It is usually reported as conventional radiocarbon age; i.e., computed by means of the Libby radiocarbon mean life \cite[8033 yr;][]{stuiver_1977} 617 542 618 \begin{align} 543 619 {^{14}\tau_\mathrm{c}}= -8033 \; \ln \left(1 + \frac{\Dcq}{10^3}\right), \label{eq:convage} 544 620 \end{align} 545 where ${^{14}\tau_\mathrm{c}}$ is expressed in years B.P. Here we do not use that convention and compute reservoir ages with the mean lifetime $1/\lambda$. Conversion from one scale to the other is readily performed. The conventional radiocarbon age is lower than the radiocarbon age by $\simeq3\%$. 621 622 where ${^{14}\tau_\mathrm{c}}$ is expressed in years B.P. 623 Here we do not use that convention and compute reservoir ages with the mean lifetime $1/\lambda$. 624 Conversion from one scale to the other is readily performed. 625 The conventional radiocarbon age is lower than the radiocarbon age by $\simeq3\%$. 546 626 547 627 The ocean radiocarbon inventory is computed as 628 548 629 \begin{equation} 549 630 N_A \Rq_\mathrm{oxa} \overline{\Ct} \left( \int_\Omega \Rq d\Omega \right) /10^{26}, \label{eq:inv} 550 631 \end{equation} 551 where $N_A$ is the Avogadro's number ($N_A=6.022\times10^{23}$ at/mol), $\Rq_\mathrm{oxa}$ is the oxalic acid radiocarbon standard \cite[$\Rq_\mathrm{oxa}=1.176\times10^{-12}$;][]{stuiver_1977}, and $\Omega$ is the ocean volume. Bomb $\cq$ inventories are traditionally reported in units of $10^{26}$ atoms, hence the denominator in \eqref{eq:inv}. 552 553 All transformations from second to year, and inversely, are performed with the help of the physical constant \CODE{rsiyea} the sideral year length expressed in seconds\footnote{The variable (\CODE{nyear\_len}) which reports the length in days of the previous/current/future year (see \textrm{oce\_trc.F90}) is not a constant. }. 632 633 where $N_A$ is the Avogadro's number ($N_A=6.022\times10^{23}$ at/mol), $\Rq_\mathrm{oxa}$ is the oxalic acid radiocarbon standard \cite[$\Rq_\mathrm{oxa}=1.176\times10^{-12}$;][]{stuiver_1977}, and $\Omega$ is the ocean volume. 634 Bomb $\cq$ inventories are traditionally reported in units of $10^{26}$ atoms, hence the denominator in \autoref{eq:inv}. 635 636 All transformations from second to year, and inversely, are performed with the help of the physical constant \forcode{rsiyea} the sideral year length expressed in seconds\footnote{The variable (\forcode{nyear\_len}) which reports the length in days of the previous/current/future year (see \textrm{oce\_trc.F90}) is not a constant. }. 554 637 555 638 The global transfer velocities represent time-averaged\footnote{the actual duration is set in \texttt{iodef.xml}} global integrals of the transfer rates: 556 \begin{equation} 639 640 \begin{equation} 557 641 \overline{\kappa_{\cd}}= \int_\mathcal{S} \kappa_{\cd} d\mathcal{S} \text{ and } \overline{\kappa_R}= \int_\mathcal{S} \kappa_R d\mathcal{S} 558 642 \end{equation} … … 561 645 \subsection{PISCES biogeochemical model} 562 646 563 PISCES is a biogeochemical model which simulates the lower trophic levels of marine ecosystem (phytoplankton, microzooplankton and mesozooplankton) and the biogeochemical cycles of carbonand of the main nutrients (P, N, Fe, and Si). The model is intended to be used for both regional and global configurations at high or low spatial resolutions as well as for short-term (seasonal, interannual) and long-term (climate change, paleoceanography) analyses. 647 PISCES is a biogeochemical model which simulates the lower trophic levels of marine ecosystem (phytoplankton, microzooplankton and mesozooplankton) and the biogeochemical cycles of carbonand of the main nutrients (P, N, Fe, and Si). 648 The model is intended to be used for both regional and global configurations at high or low spatial resolutions as well as for short-term (seasonal, interannual) and long-term (climate change, paleoceanography) analyses. 564 649 Two versions of PISCES are available in NEMO v4.0 : 565 650 566 PISCES-v2, by setting in namelist\_pisces\_ref \np{ln\_p4z} to true, can be seen as one of the many Monod models \citep{monod_1958}. It assumes a constant Redfield ratio and phytoplankton growth depends on the external concentration in nutrients. There are twenty-four prognostic variables (tracers) including two phytoplankton compartments (diatoms and nanophytoplankton), two zooplankton size-classes (microzooplankton and mesozooplankton) and a description of the carbonate chemistry. Formulations in PISCES-v2 are based on a mixed Monod/Quota formalism: On one hand, stoichiometry of C/N/P is fixed and growth rate of phytoplankton is limited by the external availability in N, P and Si. On the other hand, the iron and silicium quotas are variable and growth rate of phytoplankton is limited by the internal availability in Fe. Various parameterizations can be activated in PISCES-v2, setting for instance the complexity of iron chemistry or the description of particulate organic materials. 567 568 PISCES-QUOTA has been built on the PISCES-v2 model described in \citet{aumont_2015}. PISCES-QUOTA has thirty-nine prognostic compartments. Phytoplankton growth can be controlled by five modeled limiting nutrients: Nitrate and Ammonium, Phosphate, Silicate and Iron. Five living compartments are represented: Three phytoplankton size classes/groups corresponding to picophytoplankton, nanophytoplankton and diatoms, and two zooplankton size classes which are microzooplankton and mesozooplankton. For phytoplankton, the prognostic variables are the carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus, iron, chlorophyll and silicon biomasses (the latter only for diatoms). This means that the N/C, P/C, Fe/C and Chl/C ratios of both phytoplankton groups as well as the Si/C ratio of diatoms are prognostically predicted by the model. Zooplankton are assumed to be strictly homeostatic \citep[e.g.,][]{sterner_2003,woods_2013,meunier_2014}. As a consequence, the C/N/P/Fe ratios of these groups are maintained constant and are not allowed to vary. In PISCES, the Redfield ratios C/N/P are set to 122/16/1 \citep{takahashi_1985} and the -O/C ratio is set to 1.34 \citep{kortzinger_2001}. No silicified zooplankton is assumed. The bacterial pool is not yet explicitly modeled. 569 570 There are three non-living compartments: Semi-labile dissolved organic matter, small sinking particles, and large sinking particles. As a consequence of the variable stoichiometric ratios of phytoplankton and of the stoichiometric regulation of zooplankton, elemental ratios in organic matter cannot be supposed constant anymore as that was the case in PISCES-v2. Indeed, the nitrogen, phosphorus, iron, silicon and calcite pools of the particles are now all explicitly modeled. The sinking speed of the particles is not altered by their content in calcite and biogenic silicate (''The ballast effect'', \citep{honjo_1996,armstrong_2001}). The latter particles are assumed to sink at the same speed as the large organic matter particles. All the non-living compartments experience aggregation due to turbulence and differential settling as well as Brownian coagulation for DOM. 571 651 PISCES-v2, by setting in namelist\_pisces\_ref \np{ln\_p4z} to true, can be seen as one of the many Monod models \citep{monod_1958}. 652 It assumes a constant Redfield ratio and phytoplankton growth depends on the external concentration in nutrients. 653 There are twenty-four prognostic variables (tracers) including two phytoplankton compartments (diatoms and nanophytoplankton), two zooplankton size-classes (microzooplankton and mesozooplankton) and a description of the carbonate chemistry. 654 Formulations in PISCES-v2 are based on a mixed Monod/Quota formalism: On one hand, stoichiometry of C/N/P is fixed and growth rate of phytoplankton is limited by the external availability in N, P and Si. 655 On the other hand, the iron and silicium quotas are variable and growth rate of phytoplankton is limited by the internal availability in Fe. 656 Various parameterizations can be activated in PISCES-v2, setting for instance the complexity of iron chemistry or the description of particulate organic materials. 657 658 PISCES-QUOTA has been built on the PISCES-v2 model described in \citet{aumont_2015}. 659 PISCES-QUOTA has thirty-nine prognostic compartments. 660 Phytoplankton growth can be controlled by five modeled limiting nutrients: Nitrate and Ammonium, Phosphate, Silicate and Iron. 661 Five living compartments are represented: Three phytoplankton size classes/groups corresponding to picophytoplankton, nanophytoplankton and diatoms, and two zooplankton size classes which are microzooplankton and mesozooplankton. 662 For phytoplankton, the prognostic variables are the carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus, iron, chlorophyll and silicon biomasses (the latter only for diatoms). 663 This means that the N/C, P/C, Fe/C and Chl/C ratios of both phytoplankton groups as well as the Si/C ratio of diatoms are prognostically predicted by the model. 664 Zooplankton are assumed to be strictly homeostatic \citep[e.g.,][]{sterner_2003,woods_2013,meunier_2014}. 665 As a consequence, the C/N/P/Fe ratios of these groups are maintained constant and are not allowed to vary. 666 In PISCES, the Redfield ratios C/N/P are set to 122/16/1 \citep{takahashi_1985} and the -O/C ratio is set to 1.34 \citep{kortzinger_2001}. 667 No silicified zooplankton is assumed. 668 The bacterial pool is not yet explicitly modeled. 669 670 There are three non-living compartments: Semi-labile dissolved organic matter, small sinking particles, and large sinking particles. 671 As a consequence of the variable stoichiometric ratios of phytoplankton and of the stoichiometric regulation of zooplankton, elemental ratios in organic matter cannot be supposed constant anymore as that was the case in PISCES-v2. 672 Indeed, the nitrogen, phosphorus, iron, silicon and calcite pools of the particles are now all explicitly modeled. 673 The sinking speed of the particles is not altered by their content in calcite and biogenic silicate (''The ballast effect'', \citep{honjo_1996,armstrong_2001}). 674 The latter particles are assumed to sink at the same speed as the large organic matter particles. 675 All the non-living compartments experience aggregation due to turbulence and differential settling as well as Brownian coagulation for DOM. 572 676 573 677 \subsection{MY\_TRC interface for coupling external BGC models} 574 678 \label{Mytrc} 575 679 576 The NEMO-TOP has only one built-in biogeochemical model - PISCES - but there are several BGC models - MEDUSA, ERSEM, BFM or ECO3M - which are meant to be coupled with the NEMO dynamics. Therefore it was necessary to provide to the users a framework for easily add their own BGCM model, that can be a single passive tracer. 577 The generalized interface is pivoted on MY\_TRC module that contains template files to build the coupling between NEMO and any external BGC model. The call to MY\_TRC is activated by setting \textit{ln\_my\_trc} = \texttt{.true.} in namelist \textit{namtrc} 680 The NEMO-TOP has only one built-in biogeochemical model - PISCES - but there are several BGC models - MEDUSA, ERSEM, BFM or ECO3M - which are meant to be coupled with the NEMO dynamics. 681 Therefore it was necessary to provide to the users a framework for easily add their own BGCM model, that can be a single passive tracer. 682 The generalized interface is pivoted on MY\_TRC module that contains template files to build the coupling between NEMO and any external BGC model. 683 The call to MY\_TRC is activated by setting \textit{ln\_my\_trc} = \texttt{.true.} in namelist \textit{namtrc} 578 684 579 685 The following 6 fortran files are available in MY\_TRC with the specific purposes here described. … … 581 687 \begin{itemize} 582 688 \item \textit{par\_my\_trc.F90} : This module allows to define additional arrays and public variables to be used within the MY\_TRC interface 583 \item \textit{trcini\_my\_trc.F90} : Here are initialized user defined namelists and the call to the external BGC model initialization procedures to populate general tracer array (trn and trb). Here are also likely to be defined suport arrays related to system metrics that could be needed by the BGC model. 689 \item \textit{trcini\_my\_trc.F90} : Here are initialized user defined namelists and the call to the external BGC model initialization procedures to populate general tracer array (trn and trb). 690 Here are also likely to be defined suport arrays related to system metrics that could be needed by the BGC model. 584 691 \item \textit{trcnam\_my\_trc.F90} : This routine is called at the beginning of trcini\_my\_trc and should contain the initialization of additional namelists for the BGC model or user-defined code. 585 \item \textit{trcsms\_my\_trc.F90} : The routine performs the call to Boundary Conditions and its main purpose is to contain the Source-Minus-Sinks terms due to the biogeochemical processes of the external model. Be aware that lateral boundary conditions are applied in trcnxt routine. IMPORTANT: the routines to compute the light penetration along the water column and the tracer vertical sinking should be defined/called in here, as generalized modules are still missing in the code. 586 \item \textit{trcice\_my\_trc.F90} : Here it is possible to prescribe the tracers concentrations in the seaice that will be used as boundary conditions when ice melting occurs (nn\_ice\_tr =1 in namtrc\_ice). See e.g. the correspondent PISCES subroutine. 587 \item \textit{trcwri\_my\_trc.F90} : This routine performs the output of the model tracers using IOM module (see Manual Chapter Output and Diagnostics). It is possible to place here the output of additional variables produced by the model, if not done elsewhere in the code, using the call to \textit{iom\_put}. 692 \item \textit{trcsms\_my\_trc.F90} : The routine performs the call to Boundary Conditions and its main purpose is to contain the Source-Minus-Sinks terms due to the biogeochemical processes of the external model. 693 Be aware that lateral boundary conditions are applied in trcnxt routine. 694 IMPORTANT: the routines to compute the light penetration along the water column and the tracer vertical sinking should be defined/called in here, as generalized modules are still missing in the code. 695 \item \textit{trcice\_my\_trc.F90} : Here it is possible to prescribe the tracers concentrations in the seaice that will be used as boundary conditions when ice melting occurs (nn\_ice\_tr =1 in namtrc\_ice). 696 See e.g. the correspondent PISCES subroutine. 697 \item \textit{trcwri\_my\_trc.F90} : This routine performs the output of the model tracers using IOM module (see Manual Chapter Output and Diagnostics). 698 It is possible to place here the output of additional variables produced by the model, if not done elsewhere in the code, using the call to \textit{iom\_put}. 588 699 \end{itemize} 589 590 700 591 701 \section{The Offline Option} … … 596 706 %------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 597 707 598 Coupling passive tracers offline with NEMO requires precomputed physical fields from OGCM. Those fields are read from files and interpolated on-the-fly at each model time step 708 Coupling passive tracers offline with NEMO requires precomputed physical fields from OGCM. 709 Those fields are read from files and interpolated on-the-fly at each model time step 599 710 At least the following dynamical parameters should be absolutely passed to the transport : ocean velocities, temperature, salinity, mixed layer depth and for ecosystem models like PISCES, sea ice concentration, short wave radiation at the ocean surface, wind speed (or at least, wind stress). 600 711 The so-called offline mode is useful since it has lower computational costs for example to perform very longer simulations - about 3000 years - to reach equilibrium of CO2 sinks for climate-carbon studies. 601 712 602 The offline interface is located in the code repository : \path{<repository>/src/OFF/}. It is activated by adding the CPP key \textit{key\_offline} to the CPP keys list. There are two specifics routines for the Offline code : 713 The offline interface is located in the code repository : \path{<repository>/src/OFF/}. 714 It is activated by adding the CPP key \textit{key\_offline} to the CPP keys list. 715 There are two specifics routines for the Offline code : 603 716 604 717 \begin{itemize} … … 606 719 \item \textit{nemogcm.F90} : a degraded version of the main nemogcm.F90 code of NEMO to manage the time-stepping 607 720 \end{itemize} 608 609 721 610 722 %- -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global
- Property svn:ignore
-
old new 1 1 *.aux 2 *.bbl 3 *.blg 4 *.fdb* 5 *.fls 6 *.idx 7 *.ilg 8 *.ind 9 *.lo* 10 *.out 11 *.toc 12 *.xdv 13 cache*
-
- Property svn:ignore
-
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global/document.tex
r12377 r14789 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Manual structure 3 %% ================================================================================================= 1 4 2 %% ============================================================================== 3 %% Template structure for reference manual 4 %% ============================================================================== 5 %% Preamble: global configuration 6 %% ================================================================================================= 5 7 6 %% NEMO release version 7 \def \version{4.0rc~} 8 %% Layout 9 \documentclass[fontsize=10pt,twoside,abstract,draft]{scrreprt} 10 %\documentclass[fontsize=10pt,twoside,abstract ]{scrreprt} 8 11 9 %% Preamble 10 %% ============================================================================== 11 12 %% Document layout 13 \documentclass[draft]{scrreprt} 14 15 %% Load the configuration of the manual 16 \input{../main/definitions} 17 18 %% Load global *.tex files 12 %% Overall configuration 19 13 \input{../../global/preamble} 20 14 21 \dominitoc 22 23 %% Launch the creation of the indexes 24 \input{../../global/indexes} 25 26 27 %% End of common preamble between main and sub-files 28 %% Override custom cmds for full manual compilation 29 \newcommand{\onlyinsubfile}[1]{#1} 30 \newcommand{\notinsubfile}[1]{} 15 %% Special cmds around to {in,ex}clude content only in subfile 16 \newcommand{\subinc}[1]{#1} 17 \newcommand{\subexc}[1]{ } 31 18 32 19 \begin{document} 33 20 34 \renewcommand{\ onlyinsubfile}[1]{}35 \renewcommand{\ notinsubfile}[1]{#1}21 \renewcommand{\subinc}[1]{ } 22 \renewcommand{\subexc}[1]{#1} 36 23 37 \renewcommand{\biblio}{} 38 \renewcommand{\pindex}{} 24 %% Frontmatter: covers 25 %% ({sub}title, DOI, authors, abstract and color theme are specific to each manual) 26 %% ================================================================================================= 39 27 28 %\frontmatter %% Not recognized in 'scrreprt' document class 29 \pagenumbering{gobble} %% Disable page numbering temporarily 30 \pagestyle{empty} 40 31 41 %% Frontmatter42 %% ==============================================================================43 44 \pagenumbering{gobble}45 46 %% Title page47 32 \input{../../global/frontpage} 48 49 \maketitle50 \emptythanks51 52 %% Information page (2nd page)53 33 \input{../../global/info_page} 54 34 55 %% Foreword 56 %\frontmatter %% Chapter numbering off and Roman numerals for page numbers 57 \pagenumbering{roman} 58 \input{foreword} 35 \cleardoublepage 59 36 60 %% Table of Contents 37 \pagenumbering{Roman} %% Reactivate page numbering (uppercase roman numbers) 38 \pagestyle{plain} 39 %\lastpageref{pagesLTS.0} 40 61 41 \tableofcontents 62 42 \listoffigures 43 \listoflistings 63 44 \listoftables 64 \listoflistings 45 %\listoftodos 46 %\lastpageref{pagesLTS.Roman} 65 47 66 \clearpage 67 %\end{document} 48 \cleardoublepage 68 49 50 %% Mainmatter: toc, lists, introduction and primary chapters 51 %% ================================================================================================= 69 52 70 %% Mainmatter 71 %% ============================================================================== 53 %\mainmatter %% Not recognized in 'scrreprt' document class 54 \pagenumbering{arabic} %% Standard page numbering 55 \pagestyle{plain} 72 56 73 %\mainmatter %% Chapter numbering on, page numbering is reset with Arabic numerals 74 \pagenumbering{arabic} 57 \input{introduction} 75 58 76 \ include{chapters}59 \cleardoublepage 77 60 61 \pagestyle{scrheadings} 62 \renewcommand{\chapterpagestyle}{empty} 78 63 79 %% Appendix 80 %% ============================================================================== 64 \input{chapters} 81 65 82 %% Chapter numbering is reset with letters now83 \appendix 66 %% Appendix: subordinate chapters 67 %% ================================================================================================= 84 68 85 \include{appendices} 69 \appendix %% Chapter numbering with letters by now 70 \lohead{Apdx \thechapter\ \leftmark} 86 71 72 \input{appendices} 87 73 88 %% Backmatter 89 %% ============================================================================== 74 \input{../../global/coding_rules} %% Add coding rules on every manual 90 75 91 %\backmatter %% Chapter numbering off 76 %\lastpageref{pagesLTS.arabic} 77 \cleardoublepage 92 78 93 %% Bibliography 94 \phantomsection 95 \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography} 96 \bibliography{../main/bibliography} 79 %% Backmatter: bibliography, glossaries and indices 80 %% ================================================================================================= 97 81 98 %% Index 99 \clearpage 100 \phantomsection 101 \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Indexes} 102 \printindex[keys] 103 \printindex[modules] 104 \printindex[blocks] 105 \printindex[parameters] 106 \printindex[subroutines] 82 %\backmatter %% Not recognized in 'scrreprt' document class 83 \pagenumbering{roman} %% Lowercase roman numbers 84 \pagestyle{plain} 85 86 \input{../../global/epilogue} 87 88 %\lastpageref{pagesLTS.roman} 107 89 108 90 \end{document} 109 -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global/frontpage.tex
r12377 r14789 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Front cover 3 %% ================================================================================================= 1 4 2 \ title{\heading}3 \author{\firstauthor \and \secondauthor\thanks{\protect\input{thanks}}}4 \date{\today}5 \begin{titlepage} 6 % \newgeometry{hmargin=1.5cm,vmargin=3cm} 7 \setlength{\parindent}{0pt} 5 8 6 \pretitle{ 7 \begin{center} 8 \begin{figure}[H] 9 \begin{minipage}[c]{0.35\textwidth} 10 \href{http://www.nemo-ocean.eu}{\includegraphics[width=0.7\textwidth]{logos/NEMO_grey}} 11 \end{minipage} 12 \hfill 13 \begin{minipage}[c]{0.65\textwidth} 14 \centering 15 \large{\em{{N}ucleus for {E}uropean {M}odelling of the {O}cean}} 16 \end{minipage} 17 \end{figure} 18 \vfill 19 \Huge 20 } 21 \posttitle{\par\end{center}\vskip 0.5em} 22 \preauthor{\begin{center}\Large\lineskip0.5em\begin{tabular}[t]{c}} 23 \postauthor{\end{tabular}\par\end{center}} 24 \predate{ 25 \vfill 26 \begin{center} 27 \large Version \version --- 28 } 29 \postdate{ 30 \par~\\ 31 \href{http://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.\zid}{\includegraphics{{badges/zenodo.\zid}.pdf}} 32 \end{center} 33 \vfill 34 \begin{center} 35 \href{http://www.cmcc.it}{ \includegraphics[height=0.055\textheight]{logos/CMCC}} 36 \hspace{0.5em} 37 \href{http://www.cnrs.fr}{ \includegraphics[height=0.055\textheight]{logos/CNRS}} 38 \hspace{0.9em} 39 \href{http://www.mercator-ocean.fr}{\includegraphics[height=0.055\textheight]{logos/MOI} } 40 \hspace{0.45em} 41 \href{http://www.metoffice.gov.uk}{ \includegraphics[height=0.055\textheight]{logos/UKMO}} 42 \hspace{0.5em} 43 \href{http://nerc.ukri.org}{ \includegraphics[height=0.055\textheight]{logos/NERC}} \\ 44 \large{{\em{C}ommunity \hspace{1.5em} {O}cean \hspace{1.5em} {M}odel}} 45 \end{center} 46 } 9 \begin{center} 47 10 48 \thanksmarkseries{fnsymbol} 11 \begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth} 12 \includegraphics[height=1.5cm]{NEMO_grey} 13 \end{minipage} %% Don't insert void line between `minipage` envs 14 \begin{minipage}{0.6\textwidth} 15 \begin{center} 16 \Large\slshape 17 \textbf{N}ucleus for \textbf{E}uropean \textbf{M}odelling of the \textbf{O}cean \\ 18 \medskip 19 \hyperref[resources]{ 20 \faWordpress \hspace{1cm} \faCodeFork \hspace{1cm} 21 \faGithub \hspace{1cm} \faCloudDownload \hspace{1cm} \faEnvelope 22 } 23 \end{center} 24 \end{minipage} 49 25 26 \end{center} 27 28 \spcup 29 \textcolor{white}{\fontsize{0.8cm}{0.8cm}\selectfont\textbf{\hdg}} 30 \ifdef{\shdg}{\medskip\par\textcolor{white}{\Huge\shdg}}{} 31 \spcdn 32 33 \begin{center} 34 \LARGE Version {\ver} - {\today} \\ 35 \medskip 36 \href{http://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.\zid}{\includegraphics{zenodo.\zid}} 37 \end{center} 38 39 \vfill 40 41 \begin{minipage}{\autwd} 42 \raggedleft\input{authors} 43 \end{minipage} 44 \hspace{15pt} %% Don't insert void line between `minipage` envs 45 \begin{minipage}{0.02\linewidth} 46 \rule{1pt}{\lnlg} 47 \end{minipage} 48 \hspace{ 5pt} %% " "" "" "" " "" "" 49 \begin{minipage}{\abswd} 50 \begin{abstract} 51 \input{abstract} 52 \end{abstract} 53 \end{minipage} 54 55 \vfill 56 57 \begin{center} 58 \Large 59 \CMCC{\includegraphics[height=1cm]{CMCC}} \hspace{0.25cm} 60 \CNRS{\includegraphics[height=1cm]{CNRS}} \hspace{0.25cm} 61 \MOI{\includegraphics[height=1cm]{MOI} } \hspace{0.25cm} 62 \UKMO{\includegraphics[height=1cm]{UKMO}} \hspace{0.25cm} 63 \NERC{\includegraphics[height=1cm]{NERC}} \\ 64 \medskip 65 \slshape 66 {C}ommunity \hspace{1.5em} {O}cean \hspace{1.5em} {M}odel 67 \end{center} 68 69 \end{titlepage} 70 71 %\restoregeometry -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global/highlighting.tex
r12377 r14789 1 %% ================================================================================================= 1 2 %% Syntax highlighting configuration 2 %% ============================================================================== 3 4 \usepackage[outputdir=../build]{minted} 3 %% ================================================================================================= 5 4 6 5 %% Global highlighting style 7 \definecolor{bg}{HTML}{f8f8f8} 6 \definecolor{bg}{HTML}{f8f8f8} %% ? 8 7 \usemintedstyle{emacs} 9 \setminted{bgcolor=bg, fontsize=\scriptsize, breaklines, frame=leftline} 10 \setminted[xml]{style=borland} %% Specific per language 8 \setminted{bgcolor=bg,fontsize=\scriptsize,breaklines} 9 \setminted[xml]{style=borland} %% Specific style for XML 10 11 %% Inline 12 \newmintinline[forcode]{fortran}{bgcolor=,fontsize=auto} %% \forcode{...} 13 \newmintinline[xmlcode]{xml}{ bgcolor=,fontsize=auto} %% \xmlcode{...} 14 \newmintinline[snippet]{console}{bgcolor=,fontsize=auto} %% \snippet{...} 11 15 12 16 %% Oneliner 13 \newmint[forline]{fortran}{} 14 \newmint[xmlline]{xml }{}% \xmlline|...|15 \newmint[cmd]{ console}{}% \cmd|...|17 \newmint[forline]{fortran}{} %% \forline|...| 18 \newmint[xmlline]{xml }{} %% \xmlline|...| 19 \newmint[cmd]{ console}{} %% \cmd|...| 16 20 17 21 %% Multi-lines 18 \newminted[forlines]{fortran}{} 19 \newminted[xmllines]{xml }{}% \begin{xmllines}20 \newminted[cmds]{ console}{}% \begin{cmds}21 \newminted[clines]{ c}{}% \begin{clines}22 \newminted[forlines]{fortran}{} %% \begin{forlines} 23 \newminted[xmllines]{xml }{} %% \begin{xmllines} 24 \newminted[cmds]{ console}{} %% \begin{cmds} 25 \newminted[clines]{ c }{} %% \begin{clines} 22 26 23 %% File 24 \newmintedfile[forfile]{fortran}{} % \forfile{../namelists/nam...} 25 26 %% Inline 27 \newmintinline[forcode]{fortran}{fontsize=auto, frame=lines} % \forcode{...} 28 \newmintinline[xmlcode]{xml}{ fontsize=auto, frame=lines} % \xmlcode{...} 29 \newmintinline[snippet]{console}{fontsize=auto, frame=lines} % \snippet{...} 27 %% File (namelist or module) 28 \newmintedfile[forfile]{fortran}{} 30 29 31 30 %% Namelists inclusion -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global/index.ist
r12377 r14789 1 1 headings_flag 1 2 heading_prefix "{\\medskip\\hfill\\large\\textsf{\\textbf{" 3 heading_suffix "}}\\hfill}\\medskip\\nopagebreak\n" 4 2 heading_prefix "\\medskip\\hfill\\textnormal{" 3 heading_suffix "}\\hfill\\smallskip\n" 5 4 delim_0 "\\dotfill~" 6 delim_1 "\\dotfill~"7 delim_2 "\\dotfill~"8 -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global/info_page.tex
r12377 r14789 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Back cover 3 %% ================================================================================================= 1 4 2 \thispagestyle{plain} 5 %% Disclaimer 6 %% ================================================================================================= 3 7 4 % ================================================================5 % Disclaimer6 % ================================================================7 8 \subsubsection*{Disclaimer} 8 9 9 10 Like all components of the modelling framework, 10 the \eng ine~core engine is developed under the \href{http://www.cecill.info}{CECILL license},11 which is a French adaptation of the GNU GPL ( General Public License).11 the \eng\ core engine is developed under the \href{http://www.cecill.info}{CECILL license}, 12 which is a French adaptation of the GNU GPL (\textbf{G}eneral \textbf{P}ublic \textbf{L}icense). 12 13 Anyone may use it freely for research purposes, and is encouraged to 13 communicate back to the NEMOteam its own developments and improvements.14 communicate back to the development team its own developments and improvements. 14 15 15 16 The model and the present document have been made available as a service to the community. … … 18 19 Users are encouraged to bring them to our attention. 19 20 20 The authors assume no responsibility for problems, errors, or incorrect usage of NEMO.21 The authors assume no responsibility for problems, errors, or incorrect usage of \NEMO. 21 22 22 % ================================================================23 % External resources24 % ================================================================ 23 %% External resources 24 %% ================================================================================================= 25 25 26 \subsubsection*{Other resources} 27 \label{resources} 26 28 27 29 Additional information can be found on: 30 28 31 \begin{itemize} 29 \item the \href{http://www.nemo-ocean.eu}{website} of the project detailing several 30 associated applications and an exhaustive users bibliography 31 \item the \href{http://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/nemo}{development platform} of the model with 32 the code repository and some main resources (wiki, ticket system, forums, \ldots) 33 \item the \href{http://zenodo.org/communities/nemo-ocean}{online archive} 34 delivering the publications issued by the consortium 35 \item two mailing lists: 36 the \href{http://listes.ipsl.fr/sympa/info/nemo-newsletter}{newsletter} for 37 top-down communications from the project 38 (announcements, calls, job opportunities, \ldots) 39 and the \href{http://listes.ipsl.fr/sympa/info/nemo-forge}{forge updates} 40 (commits, tickets and forums) 32 \item \faWordpress\ the \href{http://www.nemo-ocean.eu}{website} of the project detailing 33 several associated applications and an exhaustive users bibliography 34 \item \faCodeFork\ the \href{http://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/nemo}{development platform} of 35 the model with the code repository for the shared reference and some main resources 36 (wiki, ticket system, forums, \ldots) \\ 37 \faGithub\ the \href{http://github.com/NEMO-ocean/NEMO-examples} 38 {repository of the demonstration cases} for research or training 39 \item \faCloudDownload\ the \href{http://zenodo.org/communities/nemo-ocean}{online archive} 40 delivering the publications issued by the consortium (manuals, reports, datasets, \ldots) 41 \item \faEnvelope\ two mailing lists: 42 the \href{http://listes.ipsl.fr/sympa/info/nemo-newsletter}{newsletter} for 43 top-down communications from the project (announcements, calls, job opportunities, \ldots) 44 and the \href{http://listes.ipsl.fr/sympa/info/nemo-forge}{forge updates} 45 (commits, tickets and forums) 41 46 \end{itemize} 42 47 43 % ================================================================44 % Citation45 % ================================================================ 48 %% Citation 49 %% ================================================================================================= 50 46 51 \subsubsection*{Citation} 47 52 48 53 Reference for papers and other publications is as follows: 49 54 50 \ vspace{0.5cm}55 \medskip 51 56 52 %% \sloppy: workaround for breaking DOI URL 53 \sloppy 54 ``{\bfseries \heading}'', 55 \firstauthor and \secondauthor, 56 {\em Scientific Notes of Climate Modelling Center}, \textbf{\ipslnum} --- ISSN 1288-1619, 57 Institut Pierre-Simon Laplace (IPSL), 58 \href{https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.\zid}{doi:10.5281/zenodo.\zid} 57 \begin{sloppypar} 58 ``{\bfseries \hdg}\ifdef{\shdg}{ -- \shdg}{}'', 59 {\em Scientific Notes of Climate Modelling Center}, \textbf{\ipsl} --- ISSN 1288-1619, 60 Institut Pierre-Simon Laplace (IPSL), 61 \href{https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.\zid}{doi:10.5281/zenodo.\zid} 62 \end{sloppypar} 59 63 60 64 \begin{figure}[b] 61 \begin{minipage}[c]{0.72\textwidth} 62 \small\ttfamily{Scientific Notes of Climate Modelling Center \\ 63 ISSN 1288-1619 \\ 64 Institut Pierre-Simon Laplace (IPSL) 65 } 66 \end{minipage} 67 \hfill 68 \begin{minipage}[c]{0.25\textwidth} 69 \href{http://www.cmc.ipsl.fr}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{logos/IPSL_upright}} 70 \end{minipage} 65 66 \begin{minipage}[c]{0.7\textwidth} 67 \small 68 \ttfamily{ 69 Scientific Notes of Climate Modelling Center \\ 70 ISSN 1288-1619 \\ 71 Institut Pierre-Simon Laplace (IPSL) 72 } 73 \end{minipage} 74 \hfill %% Don't insert void line between `minipage` envs 75 \begin{minipage}[c]{0.25\textwidth} 76 \href{http://www.cmc.ipsl.fr}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{IPSL_master}} 77 \end{minipage} 78 71 79 \end{figure} 72 -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global/new_cmds.tex
r12377 r14789 1 %% Global custom commands: \newcommand{<name>}[<args>][<first argument value>]{<code>} 2 %% ============================================================================== 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Global custom commands 3 %% ================================================================================================= 3 4 4 %% Include references and index for compilation of single subfile 5 \newcommand{\mtoc}{\minitoc} 6 \newcommand{\biblio}{\bibliography{../main/bibliography}} 7 \newcommand{\pindex}{\printindex} 5 %% \newcommand{<name>}[<args>][<first argument value>]{<code>} 8 6 9 %% NEMO and Fortran in small capitals 10 \newcommand{\NEMO}{\textsc{nemo}~} 11 \newcommand{\fortran}{\textsc{Fortran}~} 12 \newcommand{\fninety}{\textsc{Fortran 90}~} 7 %% Same font for NEMO and its core engines 8 \newcommand{\NEMO }{\textsl{NEMO}} 9 \newcommand{\OPA }{\textsl{OPA}} 10 \newcommand{\SIcube }{\textsl{SI$^3$}} 11 \newcommand{\TOP }{\textsl{TOP}} 12 \newcommand{\PISCES }{\textsl{PISCES}} 13 \newcommand{\NEMOVAR}{\textsl{NEMOVAR}} 14 15 %% URL links for consortium institutes and external components 16 \newcommand{\CMCC }{\href{http://www.cmcc.it} } 17 \newcommand{\CNRS }{\href{http://www.cnrs.fr} } 18 \newcommand{\MOI }{\href{http://www.mercator-ocean.fr}} 19 \newcommand{\UKMO }{\href{http://www.metoffice.gov.uk} } 20 \newcommand{\NERC }{\href{http://nerc.ukri.org} } 21 \newcommand{\AGRIF}{\href{http://agrif.imag.fr }{AGRIF}} 22 \newcommand{\BFM }{\href{http://bfm-community.eu }{BFM}} 23 \newcommand{\CICE }{\href{http://github.com/CICE-Consortium/CICE}{CICE}} 24 \newcommand{\OASIS}{\href{http://portal.enes.org/oasis }{OASIS}} 25 \newcommand{\XIOS }{\href{http://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/ioserver }{XIOS}} 26 27 %% Fortran in small capitals 28 \newcommand{\fortran}{\textsc{Fortran}} 29 \newcommand{\fninety}{\textsc{Fortran 90}} 13 30 14 31 %% Common aliases 15 32 \renewcommand{\deg}[1][]{\ensuremath{^{\circ}#1}} 33 \newcommand{\eg }{\ensuremath{e.g.}} 34 \newcommand{\ie }{\ensuremath{i.e.}} 16 35 \newcommand{\zstar }{\ensuremath{z^\star}} 17 36 \newcommand{\sstar }{\ensuremath{s^\star}} 18 37 \newcommand{\ztilde}{\ensuremath{\tilde z}} 19 38 \newcommand{\stilde}{\ensuremath{\tilde s}} 20 \newcommand{\ie}{\ensuremath{i.e.}~}21 \newcommand{\eg}{\ensuremath{e.g.}~}22 39 23 %% Inline maths 24 \newcommand{\fractext}[2]{\textstyle \frac{#1}{#2}} 40 %% Gurvan's comments 41 \newcommand{\cmtgm}[1]{} 42 43 %% Maths: reduce equation 44 \newcommand{\fractext}[2]{\textstyle\frac{#1}{#2}} 45 \newcommand{\lt}{\left} 46 \newcommand{\pd}[2][]{\ensuremath{\frac{\partial #1}{\partial #2}}} 25 47 \newcommand{\rdt}{\Delta t} 48 \newcommand{\rt}{\right} 49 \newcommand{\vect}[1][]{\ensuremath{\mathbf{#1}}} 26 50 27 %% Text env. for Gurvan 28 \newcommand{\gmcomment}[1]{} 51 %% Retrieve month name 52 \renewcommand{\today}{ 53 \ifcase \month\or January\or February\or March\or April\or 54 May\or June\or July\or August\or 55 September\or October\or November\or December 56 \fi, \number \year 57 } 29 58 30 %% Maths 31 \newcommand{\lt}{\left} 32 \newcommand{\rt}{\right} 33 \newcommand{\vect}[1]{\ensuremath{\mathbf{#1}}} 34 \newcommand{\pd}[2][]{\ensuremath{\frac{\partial #1}{\partial #2}}} 59 %% Custom aliases 60 \newcommand{\cf}{\ensuremath{C\kern-0.14em f}} 61 \newcommand{\rML}[1][i]{\ensuremath{_{\mathrm{ML}\,#1}}} 62 \newcommand{\rMLt}[1][i]{\tilde{r}_{\mathrm{ML}\,#1}} 63 \newcommand{\triad}[6][]{\ensuremath{{}_{#2}^{#3}{\mathbb{#4}_{#1}}_{#5}^{\,#6}}} 64 \newcommand{\triadd}[5]{\ensuremath{{}_{#1}^{#2}{\mathbb{#3}}_{#4}^{\,#5}}} 65 \newcommand{\triadt}[5]{\ensuremath{{}_{#1}^{#2}{\tilde{\mathbb{#3}}}_{#4}^{\,#5}}} 66 \newcommand{\rtriad}[2][]{\ensuremath{\triad[#1]{i}{k}{#2}{i_p}{k_p}}} 67 \newcommand{\rtriadt}[1]{\ensuremath{\triadt{i}{k}{#1}{i_p}{k_p}}} 35 68 36 %% Workaround for issue with \listoffigures 37 \DeclareRobustCommand{\triad}[6][]{\ensuremath{{}_{#2}^{#3}{\mathbb{#4}_{#1}}_{#5}^{\,#6}}} 69 %% New command for ToC (?) 70 \newcommand{\chaptertoc}[1][Table of contents]{ 71 \etocsettocstyle{\addsec*{#1}}{} 72 \localtableofcontents 73 \vfill 74 } 75 76 %% ORCID links 77 \newcommand{\orcid}[1]{\href{http://orcid.org/#1}{\textcolor{orcidclr}\aiOrcidSquare}} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global/packages.tex
r12377 r14789 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Packages 3 %% ================================================================================================= 1 4 2 %% LaTeX packages in use3 %% ============================================================================== 5 %% Document class 6 \usepackage[footsepline=0.25pt,headsepline=0.25pt]{scrlayer-scrpage} %% KOMA-script 4 7 5 \usepackage{natbib} %% bib 6 \usepackage{caption} %% caption 7 \usepackage{xcolor} %% color 8 \usepackage{times} %% font 9 \usepackage{enumitem} %% list 10 \usepackage{amsmath} %% maths 11 %\usepackage{fancyhdr} %% page 12 \usepackage{minitoc} %% toc 13 \usepackage{subfiles} %% subdocs 14 \usepackage{draftwatermark} %% watermark 15 \usepackage{titling} %% titlepage 8 %% Customisation (cover page, chapter headings and mark of draft copy) 9 \usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry} %% Why 2cm margin? Load geometry before background! 10 \usepackage[pages=some]{background} %% 'some' for title page 11 \usepackage[scale=15,color=pink]{draftwatermark} 12 \usepackage[Bjornstrup]{fncychap} %% Chapter style 16 13 17 %% Extensions in bundle package 18 \usepackage{amssymb, graphicx, tabularx, textcomp} 19 \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} %% input encoding 14 %% Fonts 15 \usepackage{fontspec} 16 %% Issue with path to 'FontAwesome.otf' 17 \defaultfontfeatures{Path=/usr/local/texlive/2020/texmf-dist/fonts/opentype/public/fontawesome/} 18 \usepackage{academicons,fontawesome} 20 19 21 %% Configuration 22 \graphicspath{ {../../figures/} {../../figures/\engine/} } 23 %\captionsetup{margin=10pt, font={small}, labelsep=colon, labelfont={bf}} 24 \renewcommand{\bibfont}{\small} 25 %\renewcommand{\bibsep}{3pt} 20 %% Formatting 21 \usepackage[inline]{enumitem} 22 \usepackage{etoc,tabularx,xcolor} 26 23 24 %% Graphics 25 \usepackage{caption} 26 \graphicspath{{../../../badges/}{../figures/}{../../../logos/}} 27 28 %% Labels 29 \usepackage{lastpage,natbib} 30 %\usepackage{natbib,pageslts} 31 32 %% Mathematics: 'amsmath' is loaded by 'mathtools' 33 \usepackage{mathtools,amssymb} 34 35 %% Versatility 36 \usepackage{subfiles} 37 38 %% Source code listings 39 \usepackage[cachedir=cache,outputdir=../build,chapter,newfloat]{minted} 40 %% chapter? newfloat? 41 42 %% Indexing and cross-referencing, loaded at the end for higher compatibility 43 \usepackage{hyperref,imakeidx} 44 45 %% Missing utmr8a font 46 \usepackage{times} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global/preamble.tex
r12377 r14789 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Preamble 3 %% ================================================================================================= 1 4 2 \input{../../global/packages} 5 \def\ver{trunk} 6 7 %% Specific configuration 8 \input{../main/settings} 9 10 %% Global configuration 11 \input{../../global/packages} % First obviously 12 \input{../../global/styles} % Color definitions 3 13 \input{../../global/highlighting} 14 \input{../../global/indices} 4 15 \input{../../global/new_cmds} 5 \input{../../global/styles}6 16 %\input{../../global/todonotes} 7 17 %\input{../../global/glossaries} -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global/styles.tex
r12377 r14789 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Styles 3 %% ================================================================================================= 1 4 2 %% Styles 3 %% ============================================================================== 5 %% Colors 6 \definecolor{orcidclr}{HTML}{A6CE39} 7 \definecolor{manclr}{cmyk}{\clr} %% \clr defined for each manual from local settings.tex 8 \colorlet{manclrshd}{manclr!60} %% Derived color for chapter heading, see below 4 9 5 %\pagestyle{fancy} 6 \bibliographystyle{../../global/ametsoc} 7 \renewcommand{\bibpreamble}{\begin{multicols}{2}} 8 \renewcommand{\bibpostamble}{\end{multicols}} 9 10 %% Additional fonts 11 \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathpzc}{OT1}{pzc}{m}{it} 10 %% Cover page 11 \backgroundsetup{ 12 firstpage=true,scale=1,angle=0,opacity=1, 13 contents ={ 14 \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay] 15 \path[fill=manclr] (-0.5\paperwidth,7) rectangle (0.5\paperwidth,10); 16 \end{tikzpicture} 17 } 18 } 12 19 13 20 %% Page layout 14 %\fancyhf{} 15 %\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\bfseries\thepage} 16 %\fancyhead[LO]{\bfseries\hspace{-0em}\rightmark} 17 %\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection.\ #1}} 18 %\fancyhead[RE]{\bfseries\leftmark} 19 %\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{#1}{}} 20 %\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.5pt} 21 %\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt } 22 %\addtolength{\headheight}{2.6pt} 21 %\pagestyle{scrheadings} 22 %\renewcommand{\chapterpagestyle}{empty} 23 \renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{ #1}{}} %% Convert mark to lowercase 24 \renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{#1}{}} %% " "" "" " 25 \ohead{} %% Clear default headings 26 \lohead{Chap. \thechapter\ \leftmark} 27 \rehead{Sect. \thesection\ \rightmark} 28 \ifoot{Page \thepage\ of \pageref*{LastPage}} 29 %\ifoot[\pagemark]{Page \thepage\ of \lastpageref*{pagesLTS.arabic}} 30 \ofoot{\eng\ Reference Manual} 31 \addtokomafont{pagehead}{ \sffamily } 32 \addtokomafont{pagefoot}{ \sffamily \footnotesize} 33 \addtokomafont{pagenumber}{\sffamily \slshape } 34 %\addtokomafont{chapter}{\color{white}} 23 35 36 %% Cross-referencing 37 \hypersetup{ 38 pdftitle=\hdg,pdfauthor=Gurvan Madec and NEMO System Team, 39 pdfsubject=Reference manual of NEMO modelling framework,pdfkeywords=ocean circulation modelling, 40 colorlinks,allcolors=manclr 41 } 42 \renewcommand{\appendixautorefname}{appendix} %% `\autoref` uncapitalization 43 \renewcommand{\equationautorefname}{equation} %% "" "" 44 \renewcommand{\figureautorefname }{figure} %% "" "" 45 \renewcommand{\listingname }{namelist} %% "" "" 46 \renewcommand{\listlistingname }{List of Namelists} %% "" "" 47 \renewcommand{\tableautorefname }{table} %% "" "" 24 48 25 %% Catcodes 26 %\makeatletter 27 %\def\LigneVerticale{\vrule height 5cm depth 2cm\hspace{0.1cm}\relax} 28 %\def\LignesVerticales{\let\LV\LigneVerticale\LV\LV\LV\LV\LV\LV\LV\LV\LV\LV} 29 %\def\GrosCarreAvecUnChiffre#1{ 30 % \rlap{\vrule height 0.8cm width 1cm depth 0.2cm} 31 % \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\mbox{\color{white} #1}\hss}} 32 % \vrule height 0pt width 1cm depth 0pt 33 %} 34 %\def\@makechapterhead#1{ 35 % \hbox{ 36 % \huge\LignesVerticales\hspace{-0.5cm} 37 % \GrosCarreAvecUnChiffre{\thechapter}\hspace{0.2cm} 38 % \hbox{#1} 39 % } 40 % \par\vskip 41 %1cm 42 %} 43 %\def\@makeschapterhead#1{ 44 % \hbox{ 45 % \huge\LignesVerticales 46 % \hbox{#1} 47 % } 48 % \par\vskip 49 %2cm 50 %} 51 %\def\cleardoublepage{\clearpage\if@twoside \ifodd\c@page\else 52 % \hbox{} 53 % \vspace*{\fill} 54 % \vspace{\fill} 55 % \thispagestyle{empty} 56 % \newpage 57 % \if@twocolumn\hbox{}\newpage\fi\fi\fi} 58 %\def\@seccntformat#1{\protect\makebox[0pt][r]{\csname the#1\endcsname\quad}} 59 %\makeatother 49 %% Misc. (caption and footnote) 50 \captionsetup{font=footnotesize,justification=justified} 51 \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} 60 52 53 %% Bibliography 54 \bibliographystyle{../../global/ametsoc} 55 \renewcommand{\bibfont}{\small} 56 \renewcommand{\bibpreamble }{\begin{multicols}{2}} 57 \renewcommand{\bibpostamble}{ \end{multicols} } 61 58 59 %% Catcodes (between `\makeatletter` and `\makeatother`) 60 \makeatletter 61 62 %% Apply manual color for chap. headings (original snippets from fncychap.sty) 63 %% !!! Let trailing percent sign to avoid space insertion 64 \renewcommand{\DOCH}{% %% Upper box with chapter number 65 \settowidth{\py}{\CNoV\thechapter}% 66 \addtolength{\py}{-10pt}% %% Amount of space by which the number is shifted right 67 \fboxsep=0pt% 68 \colorbox{manclr}{\rule{0pt}{40pt}\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\hfill}}% 69 \kern-\py\raise20pt% 70 \hbox{\color{manclrshd}\CNoV\thechapter}\\ 71 } 72 \renewcommand{\DOTI}[1]{% %% Lower box with chapter title 73 \nointerlineskip\raggedright% 74 \fboxsep=\myhi% 75 \vskip-1ex% 76 \colorbox{manclr}{\parbox[t]{\mylen}{\color{white}\CTV\FmTi{#1}}}\par\nobreak% 77 \vskip 40\p@% 78 } 79 \renewcommand{\DOTIS}[1]{% %% Box for unumbered chapter 80 \fboxsep=0pt% 81 \colorbox{manclr}{\rule{0pt}{40pt}\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\hfill}}\\ 82 \nointerlineskip\raggedright% 83 \fboxsep=\myhi% 84 \vskip-1ex% %% Remove white 1pt line 85 \colorbox{manclr}{\parbox[t]{\mylen}{\color{white}\CTV\FmTi{#1}}}\par\nobreak% 86 \vskip 40\p@% 87 } 88 89 \makeatother -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/latex/global/todonotes.tex
r11187 r14789 1 \usepackage[]{todonotes} 1 %% ================================================================================================= 2 %% Notes 3 %% ================================================================================================= 4 5 \usepackage{todonotes} 2 6 3 7 \newcounter{ubcomment} 4 \newcommand{\ubcomment}[2][]{% 5 \refstepcounter{ubcomment}% 6 {% 7 \todo[linecolor=black,backgroundcolor={green!40!},size=\footnotesize]{% 8 \textbf{Fixme: UB [\uppercase{#1}\theubcomment]:}~#2}% 9 }} 10 \newcommand{\ubcommentinline}[2][]{% 11 \refstepcounter{ubcomment}% 12 {% 13 \todo[linecolor=black,inline,backgroundcolor={green!40!},size=\footnotesize]{% 14 \textbf{Fixme: UB [\uppercase{#1}\theubcomment]:}~#2}% 8 9 \newcommand{\ubcomment }[2][]{ 10 \refstepcounter{ubcomment} 11 { 12 \todo[linecolor=black, backgroundcolor={green!40!},size=\footnotesize ]{ 13 \textbf{Fixme: UB [\uppercase{#1}\theubcomment]:}~#2} 15 14 }} 16 15 17 \newcommand{\ubcommentmultiline}[2]{% 18 \refstepcounter{ubcomment}% 19 {% 20 \todo[linecolor=black,inline,caption={\textbf{{Fixme: UB} 21 [\theubcomment] #1}} ,backgroundcolor={green!40!},size=\footnotesize]{% 22 \textbf{Fixme: UB [\theubcomment]:}~#2}% 16 \newcommand{\ubcommentinline }[2][]{ 17 \refstepcounter{ubcomment} 18 { 19 \todo[linecolor=black,inline,backgroundcolor={green!40!},size=\footnotesize ]{ 20 \textbf{Fixme: UB [\uppercase{#1}\theubcomment]:}~#2} 21 }} 22 23 \newcommand{\ubcommentmultiline}[2]{ 24 \refstepcounter{ubcomment} 25 { 26 \todo[linecolor=black,inline,backgroundcolor={green!40!},size=\footnotesize, 27 caption={\textbf{{Fixme: UB} [\theubcomment] #1}} ]{ 28 \textbf{Fixme: UB [ \theubcomment]:}~#2} 23 29 }} 24 30 -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/manual_build.sh
r11594 r14789 21 21 22 22 ## LaTeX installation, find latexmk should be enough 23 [ -z $( which latexmk )] && { echo 'latexmk not installed => QUIT'; exit 2; }23 [ -z "$( which latexmk )" ] && { echo 'latexmk not installed => QUIT'; exit 2; } 24 24 25 25 ## Pygments package for syntax highlighting of source code (namelists & snippets) 26 26 [ -n "$( ./tools/check_pkg.py pygments )" ] && { echo 'Python pygments is missing => QUIT'; exit 2; } 27 28 ## Retrieve figures if not already there29 #if [ ! -d latex/figures ]; then30 # printf "Downloading of shared figures and logos\n\n"31 # svn co http://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/nemo/svn/utils/figures latex/figures > /dev/null32 #fi33 34 27 35 28 ## Loop on the models -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/namelists/nam_tide
r10075 r14789 3 3 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 4 ln_tide = .false. ! Activate tides 5 ln_tide_pot = .true. ! use tidal potential forcing 5 nn_tide_var = 1 ! Variant of tidal parameter set and tide-potential computation 6 ! ! (1: default; 0: compatibility with previous versions) 7 ln_tide_dia = .false. ! Enable tidal diagnostic output 8 ln_tide_pot = .false. ! use tidal potential forcing 9 rn_tide_gamma = 0.7 ! Tidal tilt factor 6 10 ln_scal_load = .false. ! Use scalar approximation for 7 11 rn_scal_load = 0.094 ! load potential 8 12 ln_read_load = .false. ! Or read load potential from file 9 13 cn_tide_load = 'tide_LOAD_grid_T.nc' ! filename for load potential 10 ! 14 ! 11 15 ln_tide_ramp = .false. ! Use linear ramp for tides at startup 12 r dttideramp = 0.! ramp duration in days13 clname(1)= 'DUMMY' ! name of constituent - all tidal components must be set in namelist_cfg16 rn_tide_ramp_dt = 0. ! ramp duration in days 17 sn_tide_cnames(1) = 'DUMMY' ! name of constituent - all tidal components must be set in namelist_cfg 14 18 / -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/namelists/nambdy_tide
r10075 r14789 4 4 filtide = 'bdydta/amm12_bdytide_' ! file name root of tidal forcing files 5 5 ln_bdytide_2ddta = .false. ! 6 ln_bdytide_conj = .false. !7 6 / -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/namelists/namberg
r11703 r14789 33 33 rn_speed_limit = 0. ! CFL speed limit for a berg 34 34 35 ln_M2016 = .false. ! use Merino et al. (2016) modification (use of 3d ocean data instead of only sea surface data) 36 ln_icb_grd = .false. ! ground icb when icb bottom level hit oce bottom level (need ln_M2016 to be activated) 37 35 38 cn_dir = './' ! root directory for the calving data location 36 39 !___________!_________________________!___________________!___________!_____________!________!___________!__________________!__________!_______________! -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/namelists/namdyn_rhg
r13472 r14789 3 3 !------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 4 ln_rhg_EVP = .true. ! EVP rheology 5 ln_rhg_EAP = .false. ! EAP rheology 5 6 ln_aEVP = .false. ! adaptive rheology (Kimmritz et al. 2016 & 2017) 6 7 rn_creepl = 2.0e-9 ! creep limit [1/s] -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/namelists/nammpp
r11703 r14789 1 1 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 &nammpp ! Massively Parallel Processing ("key_mpp_mpi")2 &nammpp ! Massively Parallel Processing 3 3 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 4 ln_listonly = .false. ! do nothing else than listing the best domain decompositions (with land domains suppression) -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/namelists/namobs
r11703 r14789 20 20 ln_sstnight = .false. ! Logical switch for calculating night-time average for SST obs 21 21 ln_bound_reject = .false. ! Logical to remove obs near boundaries in LAMs. 22 ln_default_fp_indegs = .true. ! Logical: T=> averaging footprint is in degrees, F=> in metres 22 23 ln_sla_fp_indegs = .true. ! Logical for SLA: T=> averaging footprint is in degrees, F=> in metres 23 24 ln_sst_fp_indegs = .true. ! Logical for SST: T=> averaging footprint is in degrees, F=> in metres … … 39 40 rn_dobsini = 00010101.000000 ! Initial date in window YYYYMMDD.HHMMSS 40 41 rn_dobsend = 00010102.000000 ! Final date in window YYYYMMDD.HHMMSS 42 rn_default_avglamscl = 0. ! Default E/W diameter of observation footprint (metres/degrees) 43 rn_default_avgphiscl = 0. ! Default N/S diameter of observation footprint (metres/degrees) 41 44 rn_sla_avglamscl = 0. ! E/W diameter of SLA observation footprint (metres/degrees) 42 45 rn_sla_avgphiscl = 0. ! N/S diameter of SLA observation footprint (metres/degrees) … … 48 51 rn_sic_avgphiscl = 0. ! N/S diameter of SIC observation footprint (metres/degrees) 49 52 nn_1dint = 0 ! Type of vertical interpolation method 50 nn_2dint = 0! Default horizontal interpolation method53 nn_2dint_default = 0 ! Default horizontal interpolation method 51 54 nn_2dint_sla = 0 ! Horizontal interpolation method for SLA 52 55 nn_2dint_sst = 0 ! Horizontal interpolation method for SST -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/namelists/namrun
r11703 r14789 26 26 ! ! = -1 do not do any restart 27 27 nn_stocklist = 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ! List of timesteps when a restart file is to be written 28 nn_write = 0 ! used only if key_ iomputis not defined: output frequency (modulo referenced to nn_it000)28 nn_write = 0 ! used only if key_xios is not defined: output frequency (modulo referenced to nn_it000) 29 29 ! ! = 0 force to write output files only at the end of the run 30 30 ! ! = -1 do not do any output file -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/rst/source/cfgs.bib
r11718 r14789 1 @article{ODEA2012, 2 author = {E J O’Dea and A K Arnold and K P Edwards and R Furner and P Hyder and M J Martin and J R Siddorn and D Storkey and J While and J T Holt and H Liu}, 3 title = {An operational ocean forecast system incorporating NEMO and SST data assimilation for the tidally driven European North-West shelf}, 4 journal = {Journal of Operational Oceanography}, 5 volume = {5}, 6 number = {1}, 7 pages = {3-17}, 8 year = {2012}, 9 publisher = {Taylor & Francis}, 10 doi = {10.1080/1755876X.2012.11020128}, 11 URL = {https://doi.org/10.1080/1755876X.2012.11020128}, 12 eprint = {https://doi.org/10.1080/1755876X.2012.11020128} 1 2 @article{ aumont.ethé.ea_GMD15, 3 title = "PISCES-v2: an ocean biogeochemical model for carbon and 4 ecosystem studies", 5 pages = "2465--2513", 6 journal = "Geoscientific Model Development", 7 volume = "8", 8 number = "8", 9 author = "Aumont, O. and Ethé, C. and Tagliabue, A. and Bopp, L. 10 and Gehlen, M.", 11 year = "2015", 12 month = "Aug", 13 publisher = "Copernicus GmbH", 14 issn = "1991-9603", 15 doi = "10.5194/gmd-8-2465-2015" 13 16 } 14 17 15 @Article{gmd-8-2465-2015, 16 AUTHOR = {Aumont, O. and Eth\'e, C. and Tagliabue, A. and Bopp, L. and Gehlen, M.}, 17 TITLE = {PISCES-v2: an ocean biogeochemical model for carbon and ecosystem studies}, 18 JOURNAL = {Geoscientific Model Development}, 19 VOLUME = {8}, 20 YEAR = {2015}, 21 NUMBER = {8}, 22 PAGES = {2465--2513}, 23 URL = {https://www.geosci-model-dev.net/8/2465/2015/}, 24 DOI = {10.5194/gmd-8-2465-2015} 18 @article{ o’dea.arnold.ea_JOO12, 19 title = "An operational ocean forecast system incorporating NEMO 20 and SST data assimilation for the tidally driven European 21 North-West shelf", 22 pages = "3--17", 23 journal = "Journal of Operational Oceanography", 24 volume = "5", 25 number = "1", 26 author = "O’Dea, E J and Arnold, A K and Edwards, K P and Furner, 27 R and Hyder, P and Martin, M J and Siddorn, J R and 28 Storkey, D and While, J and Holt, J T and et al.", 29 year = "2012", 30 month = "Feb", 31 publisher = "Informa UK Limited", 32 issn = "1755-8778", 33 doi = "10.1080/1755876x.2012.11020128" 25 34 } -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/rst/source/conf.py
r11907 r14789 43 43 # General information about the project. 44 44 project = u'NEMO' 45 copyright = u'20 19, NEMO Consortium'45 copyright = u'2020, NEMO Consortium' 46 46 47 47 # The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for … … 50 50 # 51 51 # The short X.Y version. 52 version = 'tr k'52 version = 'trunk' 53 53 # The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. 54 54 release = 'trunk' … … 279 279 # Default language to highlight set to fortran 280 280 highlight_language = 'fortran' 281 282 # Extra setting for sphinxcontrib.bibtex upgrade to 2.X.X branche 283 bibtex_bibfiles = ['cfgs.bib', 'ref.bib', 'tests.bib', 'zooms.bib'] -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/rst/source/guide.rst
r13244 r14789 16 16 .. toctree:: 17 17 :hidden: 18 .. todos:: 18 19 todos 19 20 20 21 .. Only displayed with 'make drafthtml' -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/rst/source/zooms.bib
r10201 r14789 1 link ../../../ cfgs/AGRIF_DEMO/zooms.bib1 link ../../../src/NST/zooms.bib -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/rst/source/zooms.rst
r10201 r14789 1 link ../../../ cfgs/AGRIF_DEMO/README.rst1 link ../../../src/NST/README.rst -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/tools/check_pkg.py
r11008 r14789 1 #!/usr/bin/env python 1 #!/usr/bin/env python3 2 2 3 3 import sys, importlib … … 7 7 importlib.import_module(argv) 8 8 except ImportError: 9 print("Package %s is missing in Python " % argv)9 print("Package %s is missing in Python 3" % argv) 10 10 -
NEMO/branches/2021/dev_r13747_HPC-11_mcastril_HPDAonline_DiagGPU/doc/tools/shr_func.sh
r11598 r14789 4 4 printf "\t¤ Clean previous build" 5 5 find latex/$1/build -mindepth 1 -delete 6 7 6 echo 8 7 } 9 8 10 9 build() { 11 printf "\t¤ Generation of the PDF format\n"12 latexmk -r ./latex/global/latexmk.pl -pdfxe./latex/$1/main/$1_manual \13 #1> /dev/null10 printf "\t¤ Generation of the PDF export of the manual\n" 11 latexmk -r ./latex/global/latexmk.pl ./latex/$1/main/$1_manual \ 12 1> /dev/null 14 13 [ -f ./latex/$1/build/$1_manual.pdf ] && mv ./latex/$1/build/$1_manual.pdf . 15 14 echo
Note: See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.